Certaine god­lie Homelies or Ser­mons vpon the Prophets Abdias and Ionas:

Conteyning a most fruitefull expo­sition of the same.

Made by the excellent lerned man, RODOLPH GVALTER of Tigure. And translated into Englishe,

By ROBERT NORTON. Minister of the worde in Suffolke.

Imprinted at London by Hen­rie Bynneman, for Rafe Newberie, dwelling in Fletestrete a little aboue the Conduite. ANNO 1573.

¶ To the worshipfull my good friēd master VVilliam Blener­haiset esquire, Iohn Walker Doctor in diuinitie wisheth perpe­tuall felicitie in Christ.

IT is no lesse benefite that wee haue knowledge of our creation, redemption, preseruatiō, eternall saluatiō, how to beleue, loue, wor­ship, honor, and shewe our selues thankefull vnto our creator, re­demer, preseruer, &c. than that he hath besto­wed these great and inestimable giftes vpon vs, of his mercie and free goodnesse. Neither auay­leth it vs to bee borne and made men and not brute beastes, and that Christ hath died, risen again, and ascended into heauen, if we know not the ende of our creation and redemption, to be to glorifie god, to set forth his prayse, and to tell of his wonderfull works. This is eternall life, saith Christ, to know thee the only and true God, and him whom thou hast sent Iesus Christ. We had neuer knowne God, we had neuer knowē Christ, except he had inspired his holye ones with hys [Page] spirit, and enforced them to write the holy scrip­tures, wherein he hath reueled himselfe, and ma­nifested his will in all things necessarie towardes vs. Wherefore we ought first of all to bee moste thankefull to God, and in all things to blesse his name, both for his fatherly fauor, which he bea­reth towards vs, and also for reueling the same by his worde. Secondly, they be also worthie of their due cōmendatiō, which as Gods instrumēts and workemen of God, haue laboured with him to set forth the same worde of the knowledge of saluation.

There are great and weightie causes which haue moued God to vtter himselfe in his worde. First, that he might set forth his loue, wisedome, omnipotencie, goodness & fidelitie to the world, which we had neuer knowne without his word. God who is faythful (sayth August. Psa. 110.) hath made him selfe our debtor, not in taking any thing of vs, but in promising vs so great things. It seemed but a small thing to promise, but hee hath also bounde himselfe with scripture as it were making with vs a handwriting of his pro­mises. He hath not onely made a writing with men that they might beleue, but he hath further appoynted his only sonne to be a mediatour of his [Page] fidelitie and truth. Wherefore all the worlde is of dutie bounde to giue most heartie and immor­tall thankes to God the onely authour and reue­ler of so great benefites, howsoeuer otherwise the world do contemne, neglect and abuse this know­ledge. Secondly, that the remembrance of this most holy couenant betwene God & his church, might bee more durable, & the promise might be more certainly set forth to all posteritie. And therefore he hath charged the things to be writ­ten, taught, and learned of them that were pre­sent at the promulgation of his worde, and of them that should come after. &c. Psal. 102. Let these thinges be written in another generation, that the people whiche shall bee borne hereafter may prayse the Lord. Adam (as Iosephus testi­fieth in the first booke of his antiquities) set vp two tables or pillers of stone, and wrote in them the beginning of the creation, the fal of man, and the promise of Messias. After the floud wrote Moses, and the rest of the Prophets inspired and led by the spirit of God. After the Apostles and Euangelists by the same spirit, whose bookes the deuill and all his angels (though they great­ly despited and impugned them) were neuer able either vtterly to destroy or cast them out of the [Page] hands of the people of God, bycause God woulde haue his couenant to remain in his Church, and so will haue them to the worldes ende, Rumpan­tur ilia Codro, though the deuyll do burste his guttes. &c. Thirdly, that God will haue hys Church which is the piller and stay of the truth 1. Tim. 3. as in many other things to differ from sectes, factions, vaine opinions and superstitious of other Gentiles, so in this poynt chiefly to bee a keeper and as it were a librarie of the bookes of his Prophets and Apostles, wherein he hath de­clared himselfe to the worlde. Wherefore all men are bounde that will bee of the true Church of God, to keepe, reade and exercise them selues in the true vnderstanding & practising of these bookes. Fourthly, that the keeping and profes­sion of these bookes, may be a notable and certain testimonie of the truth, and of the will of God, in all matters of Religion, and a strong fortresse both agaynst all superstitious, mans feigninges and deuises, and also agaynst al vaine & phan­tasticall spirites preferring their owne dreames and fonde imaginations before the certaintie of Gods scriptures. Our gracious God therefore knowing the necessitie, and the inestimable pro­fite of the scriptures, will haue them sette forth, [Page] kept and exercised of his Church for euer. The scripture is the worde of truth, of life, the gospell of health, the power of God to saluation. &c. the foode of the soule, the light to our feete, the sword of the spirite, the breath of Gods mouth, which who so wanteth runneth into errour, into death, and destruction, is without all comfort of helpe, perisheth for foode, wandreth in darkenesse, stan­deth naked agaynst his armed aduersaries, de­stitute of Gods grace and spirite, which who so wanteth, is none of Gods people. Rom. 8.

The holy mē of god ought to haue their iust cō mendation which were the iust instruments of gods spirit, in writing these scripturs, not to take any glorie from God and ascribe it vnto men (which were meere Jdolatrie, and woulde make men arrogant and glorye in them selues) but to encourage men to laboure with the Lord, and to knowe that their laboure in him is, to set foorthe his glorie, to profite his Churche, and that they them selues shal be pertakers of eternall felicitie. Dani. 12. They that be learned shall shine as the sunne &, they that haue instructed many in wis­dom shal be as the stars for euermore: these haue not spoken of them selues nor the wisdome of mā, but of God, He. 1. God hath spoken in alder time [Page] many and sundrie wayes to our fathers by his Prophetes. &c. He sayth not they spake of them selues, but God by thē, they came not with their owne worde, nor their owne authoritie, but euer they sayde, Haec dicit dominus, Thus saith the Lord. Paule saith [...] all the scripture is inspired by the holy ghost. &c. & 2. Pet. 1. We haue a sure & certain worde of the Prophets which (saith he) was not brought in by the will of man, but the holy men of God haue spoken being cōpelled by the spirite of God. Therefore for their obedience to Gods spirite, for their diligence in trauell and paines, for their fi­delitie in true handling and vttering their Em­bassage, they bee well to bee thought of and wor­thy of their iust cōmendation, by whose meanes we haue receyued the will of God, the worde of eternall life. But some thinke the Prophetes and the Bokes of the old Testamēt pertayned to the Iewes only, and are now abolished and permine nothing to vs, to what purpose should wee keepe thē, or labor to vnderstand them? Cōcerning the ceremonies of the olde Law, we know that lite­rally they be fulfilled by Christ, and in him fini­shed and vtterly abolyshed, yet spiritually we are bound to obserue them still, as the spirituall cir­cumcision, [Page] spirituall sacrifices, spirituall sabboth or rest from sinne and such like: the Moral law is the lawe of nature and the eternall lawe of God, and therefore for euer to be kept of vs vn­der the new Testament: the Prophecie of Christ and his Churche, &c. as they were promised in the olde Testament, so are they truely per­formed in the newe. Therefore the olde Testa­ment and the newe containe both one thing, the times are changed, he shall come, and he is come, the matter is one in this word come: as the olde Testament is the fountaine where out of the new doth issue as the same liuely water of the spring: so is the newe Testament the lighte and brighte shine of the olde. What is the newe Testament but a plaine exposition of the olde? we may not so expound the newe scripture that we take awaye the olde whereon the newe is grounded. If the old scriptures are abolished, why doe the Apostles apply them to the Gentiles, whom they laboure by the scriptures to make the people of God? why are the noble men of Thessalonica cōmen­ded. Act. 17. for searching the olde scriptures, & thereby proued Paules doctrine to be true? If the olde scripture be abrogate, why did Paule af­firme before king Agrippa. Act. 26. that he prea­ched [Page] to serue their owne deuises, and woulde seeme to see something that neuer man saw before them. Concerning them that cauill the scriptures to be hard and obscure and therfore not to be studied, the plaine contrarie is true. For if a thing neces­sarie be difficult, the more paine is to be taken for the obtaining of the same. The scriptures are like vnto the sea whiche hath a shallowe shore, where the lambe may drynke and refreshe him selfe: and a bottomlesse depth, where the Ele­phant and other great beastes may swimme and feele no bottome: so hath the scriptures plaine lessons to nourish all men though they be but ba­bes, and deeper mysteries wherin greater learned men may bee occupied still, and yet not in thys life come to the fulnesse of knowledge: but euery one according to the measure that God hath gi­uen. Euery art and science is hard to him that neuer studied for it. No man is borne an arti­ficer, but by studie he commeth to knowledge of artes, some difficultie there is in scriptures to thē which bee not conuersaunt therein, by reason of straunge phrases, figures, tropes, and vnacquain­tance with the tongue wherin they were written. And as Gregorie sayth, the obscuritie of scrip­ures bring vtilitie, that a mans witte may bee [Page] exercised, and being weried with labour may bee enlarged. And he that so is exercised may per­ceyue and vnderstand that which an ydle man cannot vnderstande. Yea and this difficultie hath yet a greater thing. For if the vnderstan­ding of the scriptures in all things were plaine, it woulde waxe vile and of no estimation, but when the sense is founde in certaine obscure pla­ces, it so much delighteth more with a greater sweetnesse, as the seeking thereof did wearye the mynde wyth paynefull labour.

Christ therefore willeth (as well for the know­ledge of the worde as other necessaries) aske and ye shal receiue, seeke and ye shal find, knock. &c. Aske by prayer, seke by reding and studie, knock by perseuerance and it shall be opened. Psal. 119. Maruellous are thy testimonies O Lorde, and therefore my soule searcheth them exceedingly. Againe, blessed are they that searche his testi­monies and seeke him with their whole hearte. Iohn. 5. Searche the scriptures for in them. &c. He sayth not reade them, or say them, with lip labour, or for a custome, or negligently, but search and seeke out the true vnderstanding of them. Christ opened the scriptures to the two disciples whiche went to Emaus, bycause they were tal­king, [Page] conferring and searching the scripture. Phillip was commaunded to teach the Chamber­laine by the spirite, the true meaning of the Pro­phete Esay, bycause he was diligēt in reading & searching that which as yet then he vnderstode not: wherefore the scriptures are not difficulte to the Children of God, which praye, laboure, seeke and knock to God for the opening of them, but to the wicked, as Peter writeth that in Paules epistles some things are hard to be vnderstand, but he sheweth to whome they be so, for he ad­deth, whiche they that be vnlearned and vn­steadfast do wreast as the other Scriptures to their owne destruction, so that, to the vnlear­ned, the vnexercised, the malicious, the corrup­ted, the slothfull and sluggish, they be only harde and difficult, and to such as loue not the truth, for he that doth euill hateth the light, and this is condemnation, that lighte is come into the world and men loued darkenesse more thā light 2. Corinth. 1. Jf our Gospell be hid yet. &c. loke the place, the scriptures are not darknesse but light. Psalm. 119. 2. Peter. 1. therefore they are not to be lightned of darknesse, but to lighten the darkenesse. Therefore the holy ghost that gaue the scriptures, hathe his working in hys [Page] Church to open and make playne the same to his, that in sinceritie search them. But (to come to the second sorte) although the scriptures be playne vnto the elect, yet are they so by laboure and studie and not by idlenesse and negligence. Gregory compareth them to a stone in whiche there lyeth fire hid, for the stone being holden in the hand is colde, but being striken with i­ron it glistereth with fire which will burne the hand: so the scriptures caried only in the hands or in the tong, are but colde, but beaten with ex­ercise, they kindle the harte and set it on fier with true loue. Luke. 24. did not our hart burne within vs while he talked with vs? sayde the two disciples. They are also like a treasure hid in the field, as one said to his sonnes on his death bed, my children there is a great treasure hid in this litle close, if ye cā find it. After his death they did plough vp the grounde, thinking there to finde golde, but when they found none, they sewe the ground with wheat, it yelded great in­crease, and so continued from yeare to yeare till in deede they had thereout of greate treasure. So the scriptures being trimmed, bring greate frute, which being neglected, they will not doe. There is fine flower in the corne, but it must be [Page] thresht and groūd before we come to the meale. There is a swete cornell in the nutte, but wee must break the shell before we come to the meat. Men are not nowe called and taught immedi­atly from God as the olde prophets were, but by meanes of praying, reading, meditating, and conferring with others: euery man is not a de­uine, which can say the letter without the booke and rehearse the words of the texte: let euery man measure him selfe with his owne fote, and be not ashamed to confesse his ignoraunce, con­ferre with others, and learne that he knew not before, and giue God thankes for reuealing his word, and thinke well of them by whose meanes he is made better learned. When Moyses had giuen a lawe from God to the Jsraelites, he made a commentarie or exposition of the same called Deutronomie, for their easier vnderstanding. Were not the writings and sermons of the pro­phets, expositions and applications of Moyses lawe vnto the times and persons, as occasion ser­ued, and to reproue wicked men to their faces for disobedience to the same? Although some to flatter their feygned friends, do lay pillowes vn­der mens elbowes and as false prophets do, dare vndertake that it is not lawful to reproue o­penly [Page] euill men, the word of God and examples of true embassadours of God is to the contrarie. Did not Esdras reade the lawe, and the Leuites expound it? did not Christ expound many pla­ces of the olde testament which else we had not rightly vnderstand, as in the .12. of Mathew cōcerning Ionas. Jn the .4. of Luke the place of Esay, and in the .24. of Luke. Who could haue gathered out of this place of Math. 22. the re­surrection, J am the God of Abraham, Jsaac &c. if Christ had not expounded it? did not Peter Acts. 2. expound the .16. Psalme, and the Psalme. 110. of Christes resurrectiō, and made a large and a learned sermon? Did not Philippe preach and make exposition of the place of E­say to the chamberlayne Acts. 8. be not Pau­les epistles full of expositions and openings of the olde prophets? It may be obiected that all these are scripture, and now it is made so plaine one with another, that there nedeth no further ope­ning. God hath lefte in his Churche prophetes, such as do expound the old prophets. 1 Cor. 14. pastours, builders, and suche like, therefore the olde bishops and fathers of the Church haue al­wayes taught and defended the Churche by in­terpreting these scriptures: some haue written [Page] Apologies and defences of Christes religion, some exhortations to constancie and martyrdome, some haue confuted heresies whiche alwayes do growe when men are asleepe, some wrote home­lies for the people, some made commentaries and expositions of one or moe of the bookes of the olde or newe testament. I speake not of Papists and schole men whiche were all corruptours of the texte, and that thorough ignorance, but of the auncient fathers within foure or fiue hun­dreth yeares after Christes ascention, though J must leaue vnto them their faults, golde is to be digged out of rotten earth. As Tertullian, Ieremie, Iustinus martyr, Origene, Hilarius, Hipolitus, Arnobius, Lactantius, Didimus, Ci­prian, Ambrose, Hierome, Augustine, Basill, Gregorie Nazianzene, and Gregorie Nycen. &c. all these and suche like were learned men, and such as defended the Churche of God, and refelled false and erronius opinions by declaring and expounding the word of God. How naked and bare were many places of the old testament if some further sense were not rightly gathered of them than the bare letter? J do not meane to bring all the scriptures to Allegories, for that were to destroy the texte and to open a win­dowe [Page] for euery wandring spirite to flye out at, and to range where he list without grounde, as some of olde haue done, and popish friers with their dreames haue folowed after, that neyther they nor any man else wist whether. But J meane, beside the historie, there may be other sense well gathered, as of old fathers haue bene. If a man did aske of him that doth superficial­lie reade, what is the meaning in the .10. of Eze­chiel, of this saying, that one whele did roll and moue within an other, the literall sense is bare. Gregorie saithe that the newe testamente rol­leth in the olde, for that which the olde did sig­nifie, the newe doth exhibite. As for example, out of Adam sleeping Eue was formed: so out of Christ dying the Church was formed. As I­saac caried wood to the altar wher he should be sacrifised and yet escaped: so Christ caried the wood of the crosse to be crucified in body, and yet remayned immortall in diuinitie. What meaneth it that the murtherer after the death of the high priest should be absolued and let go home? but that after the death of our high priest Christ, mankinde should be losed from their sinnes, and sent into paradise againe. What meaneth it that in the tabernacle was made a [Page] mercy stole, ouer whiche were two cherubins of gold. &c. The mercie seate, to be short, is Christ, the two cherubines be the two testamentes: of golde, for their purenesse: they haue wings for that they flye swiftlie: they loke each towardes the other, for that they set forth both one thing: with their faces towardes the mercie seate, for they both haue respect to Christ. A great num­ber of such misteries may be gathered withoute absurditie or superstition out of the olde testa­ment, and referred to the newe. Wherefore let vs be thankefull to God for his word, and for those that haue set it forth or by any meanes opened the true sense vnto vs. Amongst others for this sound expositiō of these two Prophets Ab­dias and Ionas, let vs commēd that worthy and learned man and chiefe writer of these dayes one of the chiefe preachers at Zurich or Tigu­ry, master Gualter, who both by his continuall preaching and dayly writing, hath much profi­ted Christes Church. It was translated by ma­ster Ro. Norton, a godly and learned preaching minister in Suff. not to be published in print as you knowe best, but only a thing of priuate ex­ercise, and giuen to you as a token of that good will which I haue herd him ofte testifie that he [Page] bare you, not without your great desert towards him. But comming to the hands of one my good friend, and whom you seeme to loue well inough, he desired me very earnestly and vrged me with most friendly request to set some Preface to it, lest cōming barefaced, it might seme somewhat defaced, whiche yet it needeth not, considering the good face it hath of it selfe, the which he shal see and delight in, who beholdeth it more nerely and narrowly. But I coulde not denie his re­quest, bycause it was reasonable, I would not for that it was friendly: Nay I did it most gladly, taking no small pleasure by this occasion in the sweete remembraunce of the godly and reformed housholds of good master Drue Druries and yours, wherein your selues and your rightly and truely worshipfull Ladies, do by your owne god­ly lyues, and framing your childrē & families to liue according to the word of God, shewe your selues to be no vayne hearers of sermons and le­ctures at Norwich & elsewhere, neither to haue bene louers of learning and learned men, for a­ny other cause, but only for that you would con­forme your deedes to that they saide. Rare exā ­ples must haue rare praise, whiche yet I will take vp in time, lest through my true good will [Page] towards you, and your religious honestie, which is the greatest dignitie and best worship, I forget how ill you loue to heare your own prayses. The Lord God encrease vs with his true knowledge, that we may day by day amende our liues and growe to more perfection in knowledge and do­ing. So shall we glorifye our God, and stoppe the mouthes of the deuill, Papistes, Atheists, and whosoeuer be ennimies to God, and vs, for Gods cause. This he graunt, who only doth all that is good, and to whome only the glory thereof is due. So be it. From Laighton.

Yours euer in Christe, IOHN VVALKER.

The Homilies of Rodolphe Gualter, a Tigurine, vpon the Pro­phete Abdias.

The fyrste Homilie.

THe vision of Abdias. Thus saith the lord God vnto Edom VVe haue herd a rumour from the Lord, and an Ambassadoure is sente to the Heathen. Vp, let vs arise, and fight against it. Behold, I haue made thee a litle one among the Heathen: thou arte of very small reputation. The pride of thine hearte hath deceyued thee, bycause thou dvvellest in the cleftes of the rockes, and hast made thy dwelling place aloft. Thou sayst in thine hearte: VVho shall pull me downe to the ground? Though thou exaltest thy selfe lyke an Eagle, and madest thy nest among the Starres, [Page 2] yet vvill I plucke thee dovvne from thence, sayeth the Lorde. If theeues had come vpon thee, or robbers in the night, how hadst thou ben spoi­led? VVould they not haue stollen, till they had had inough? If Grape gatherers had come vpon thee, wold they not haue left thee some grapes? But howe are the things belonging to Esau searched out? Hovv are the thinges founde out that he had hid­den vp?

AFter wee haue ex­pounded the Sermons of the thrée Prophets, Osee, Ioell, and Amos, whiche were called to the office of Preaching among the Israelites and Ie­wes, the elect people of God, there folow two in order to be entreated of, namely Abdias, and Ionas, whiche denounced to the Heathen, béeing but straungers, the will of God, and plagues now imminente [Page 3] ouer their heads: The vse of those Pro­phets whiche preached vnto the Gen­tiles. to whome shall after­ward the third euen Nahum also be added in his place. By whose Sermons it shall appeare, that God although in times past he selected the Iewes to be his peculiar people, yet neglected not the other Gen­tiles, but that euen vppon them also hée gaue out open examples both of his good­nesse and iustice, and that verely in eue­ry nation (as Peter Act. 10. maketh men­tion) all those are accepted with God, that feare him and worke righteousnesse: and on the other side, that he punisheth the heynous offences of the vngodly, accor­ding to their demerites. The first of these thrée is Abdias, whose prophecie before we take in hande, we must firste declare, who he was, what time he prophecied, and what is the argumente of hys Pro­phecie.

As touching Abdias his person and time, some thinke that it is he, Abdias, who he was, and whē he pro­phecied. 1. Re. 18. whiche béeing a captayne vnder King Achab, hidde an hundreth Prophettes in caues, that they mighte not be slayne of Iezabell. Whose opinion manie [Page 4] of the Iewes embrace, who also according to their boldnesse, tell vs a tale, that hée was an Edomite, and béeing afterwarde become a Proselite, was at length called to the function of Prophecying. But (to omitte many other things) euen the very order of his Sermon is against this opi­nion: for it maketh report of the Citie ta­ken, and the people caried away into cap­tiuitie, whiche we are sure was brought to passe afterwarde in the tyme of Ieche­nias, and Zedechias. Neyther is it credi­ble, that the holie Ghost would passe ouer in silence, the calling of so notable a man, sith he doth for the most part describe the callings of y e rest of the Prophetes. Their iudgemēt therfore séemeth to leane vpon more probabilitie, which suppose y t Hiere­my and he were both at one time. Which same thing both many of his words takē out of Hieremie séeme to declare, and also the argument of his Prophecie, which in all poyntes accordeth with those times.

The argu­ment of Ab­dias.For he preacheth against the Edomites who had their beginning of Esau, (called also Edom) as vpon the Prophet Amos it [Page 5] hath ben declared. So then they were bre­thren to the Iewes, but yet reteyned as it were by inheritaunce, the hatred to that nation which their father beganne.

They haue declared the same in tymes past by manie tokens, but moste notable of all other was, that Treason and Cru­eltie, whiche they practised at the tyme of the Captiuitie of Babylon. For although they had conspired with king Zedechias against Nabuchodonosor (as may be ga­thered out of Ieremie his Sermons, Ieremi. 27. who maketh mention of the king of Edom his Ambassadours sente to Hierusalem) yet when as the battaile grew hotte, they ay­ded the enimies of their side, and by their instigation came it to passe, that the whole citie was vtterly pulled vp by the rootes, as in the Psalmes it is manifestly expres­sed with these woordes: Psalm. 137. Remember the children of Edom, O Lorde, in the day of Ierusalem, hovv they sayd: Dovvne with it, dovvne vvith it, euen to the grounde. And this their crueltie and falshoode was not onely gréeuous vnto the Iewes, for the dishonestie therof, but it was also ioy­ned [Page 6] with great offence, for it séemed, as though God had vtterly forgotten hys promises, and the adoption of the Iewes, when as the posteritie of Iacob, hauing lost both their kingdome and temple, were also caried away captiue, they in the meane season being in good estate, whiche fette their originall from Esau, and hadde neuer ceased to persequute the iniurie of stealing the birthrighte and blessing a­way: thereby also then the oracle of God was layde open to be mocked at, who had said to Rebecca being great with childe: Tvvo nations are in thy vvombe, and tvvo people shall come of thee: Gen. 25. the one shall be stronger than the other, and the elder shall serue the yonger. Neither is it to be doubted, but that the Edomites toke very great occasion hereby to glory and waxe insolente: on the other side, a­mong the Iewes the faith of many was sore tempted. God therefore coueting to remedy this offence, stirred vp Abdias to frame this sermon against the Edomites, which consisteth of two principall partes. In the first he threatneth their destructiō, [Page 7] and taketh away from them all those things, wherein before they did put any confidence, shewing also causes, why they deserued suche subuersion. In the other parte he prophecieth of the kingdome of Christ, that should be restored among the Iewes, and from thence should be spred among al nations, thoroughout the whole world. So then this prophecie serueth to great and very necessarie vse, euen at these dayes, when as we heare euery where of the like temptations: whilest the wicked become insolente by meanes of their happie successe, and the godly thorough their aduersities and continuall afflictions do in a manner giue ouer. For we are taughte by Abdias, that God in déede afflicteth suche as are his, their sinnes so deseruing: but yet, if they con­uert vnto him, 1. Cor. 9. he receyueth them to fa­uoure agayne, neuer tempting them a­boue their power. Farre otherwise is the estate of the vngodly, who abusing the transitorie felicitie of this worlde to the maintenaunce of their superstition, and abominable life, neuer in aduersitie [Page 8] acknowledging the iuste reuengement of God, but obstinately murmuring against him, at length perish for euer. Yea, euen in this worlde also dothe God oftentymes shew forth examples of his Iustice, wher­by we are taught to the full, that neyther he himselfe sléepeth continually, nor yet the felicitie of the vngodly, wherwith they are wont to glorie and ware proude, can be durable or perpetuall.

The title of the worke.Hauing made this Preface, let vs come now to the wordes of this Prophet, (who as it is the maner also of the reste) prefir­eth a title before his worke in this sorte: The vision of Abdias. Nowe what hée meaneth by this worde Vision, he him­selfe expoundeth afterward, adding: Thus sayth the Lord God vnto Edom. So then this woorde Vision, signifieth no other thing, saue a Prophecie or word reuealed from God. And sufficiently are we taught by the historie of Samuell, that the Pro­phetes were in tymes paste called by the name of Seers, namely for God reuea­led vnto them his will, by Dreames and Visions, whiche in spirite they did sée. [Page 9] Verie gladly also do the Prophets vse this woorde Vision, therby to giue notice, that they bring not their fantasies, but the O­racles receyued from God aboue, whiche only in christian assemblies ought to take place, as heretofore hath bene oftentymes sayde.

There followeth nowe a verie war­lyke beginning, The exordi­um. excéedyng fitte for men trayned vp in warre and bloudshed. It is their maner to be delited with rumoures of warre, for that, occasion of warre bé­ing once offred, eyther with hostilitie they runne vpon their next borderers, or else let out to hire their owne trauaile to forain Princes: and béeing waged for Money, make inuasions vpon those whiche neuer hurte them, or did them any wrong.

As touching the Edomites, that they were suche kinde of men, we may easily gather, bothe by this Abdias, and also by the Sermons of other Prophets. So then to frame his talke to their maners, thus doth he begin: VVee haue hearde a ru­mour from the Lord, and an ambassador is sent to the Heathen: Vp, lette vs aryse, [Page 10] and fyghte agaynst it. As thoughe hée shoulde say: Hitherto there coulde come nothyng vnto you more pleasaunte to heare, than that warres were proclay­med to this Countrey men, or that.

But nowe heare the rumour whiche I haue hearde, and is begoonne not of an vncertayne Authoure, but signifyed vnto mée from the Lorde GOD.

Namely, that hée hathe nowe sente his ambassadoure to the Gentils, that they may take in hande warre against you. Neither is this ambassage in vaine, for there are already heard euery where the voyces of men, exhorting one an other to fight against you. And in playn words the Prophet giueth it out, that God himselfe is the authour of this tumulte: therby to make answer to their reasons, wherwith­all they were deceiued, supposing that it could neuer come to passe, that any nation shoulde set vpon them in warre: especial­ly, sith they were on the Assyrians side, vnder whose dominion the whole empire of the world was at that season. He decla­reth therfore that this shall be the worke [Page 11] of God, euen that the Gentiles shall (be­syde all the expectation of the Edomi­tes) become their enimyes, and sodeyn­ly sette vppon them. For notwithstan­ding that warlike stirres are for the most parte raysed vp by menne delyghted in bloud, whose desire is to waxe ryche, thy care not whether by right or wrong: or else to satisfie that longyng after re­uengemente, whyche they haue alreadie conceyued in theyr mynde: Yet dothe GOD, who by the brydle of his Proui­dence, gouerneth the dooyngs of mortall men, vse their crueltie to the executyng of his Iudgementes. Of whiche matter wée haue also spoken in an other place.

As pertayning to this that wée haue in hande, lette vs learne what they haue to looke for, that are accustomed wyth warre, and take pleasure in bloudshead and oppression of other men. God vseth to play quittance with them, and this in a manner is broughte aboute, that euen their deathes also hée maketh eyther a ioyfull occasion of rumour, or else a plea­sant spectacle for other men to béeholde. [Page 12] For the same whiche here the Prophets thretneth to the Edomites, doth the Lord also threatē vnto all those that are such as these were. VVith what measure ye meat (sayth he) vvith the same shall other men meat vnto you agayne. Math. 7. A­gayne, He that killeth vvith the svvord, shall be killed vvith the svvorde, and hee that leadeth into captiuitie, shall be ledde captiue himselfe. Apoc. 13. And againe, Esaie. 33. VVo be vnto thee that robbest, and yet art not robbed of others: to thee that layest vvaite, & yet there is no vvaye layde for thee. VVhen thou leauest rob­bing, thou shalt be robbed: vvhen thou leauest laying in vvayte, men shall also lay in vvaite for thee. Suche lyke exam­ples are euery where to bée founde: and some proffers of Goddes dealing thys way, Germanie a fruteful mother of mer­cenarie Souldiours, hath felte now these certaine yeares, whereby woulde to God with other nations it might be brought to amendment, least some worsse thing hap­pen afterwarde.

Howbeit, the Edomites set lyghte by [Page 13] these threattes, as hauing many thinges, He taketh away the confidence in outwarde aides. wherein they arrogantly and insolentely set their affiance. Amongst which the si­tuation of their Countreye was not the least, whiche being on euery syde besette with mountaines and rockes, men coulde 1 haue no accesse vnto, but with great diffi­cultie and dāger. They had also wealth so 2 plentifully, as séemed euen to suffise, for the defence of the countrey. Againe, they 3 trusted in their leagues, wherby they had bound the Nations bordering vpon them, to be their confederates. Moreouer, they 4 chalenged peculiarly to them selues a cō ­mendation of wisedome: and it is credi­dible, that these men béeing exercised in warfare and skirmishes, were thoroughly fraighted also with deceytfull guyles and deuises, hable inough to deceyue any. Yet doth Abdias declare, that all these things shall nothing auayle them. Against the confidence in place and wealth. And euen at this presente, he beateth downe the confi­dence, that they reposed in the situation and wealth of the countrey, playnely in the meane season, taunting their insolen­cie, whereby euen without deserte, they [Page 14] preferred themselues before other peo­ple. Beholde (saith he) I haue made thee a little one among the Heathen, thou arte of very small reputation. The meaning is this: What occasion haue you (in good soothe) to pleasure in arro­gancie and pride, séeing I haue giuen you no cause so to do? For although thorough my bountifulnesse ye haue suche things as mighte be sufficiente for you: yet notwithstanding if ye be com­pared with other nations, your glorye shall be very small. The lande in déede wherein ye inhabite, is but vnpleasaunt, and included within very straite limits. As for your riches that ye possesse, youre owne countrie bréedeth them not, but they are broughte in from other places, and in a manner gotten with ill deceits. Neither did I suffer your nation so to multiplie, to the end ye might go beyonde other in number of souldiours. Finally, this was mine intente, that by being mindfull of your owne originall and e­state, ye mighte learne humbly and mo­destly to behaue your selues, and stande [Page 15] in reuerence and awe of my will. But farre otherwise is the matter fallen out. For the pride of thine hath deceiued thee, euen to be proud whether I will or no. For in as muche as thou hast thy dwelling among the clefts of rocks, and in excéeding high towers, thou darest ad­uenture to challenge any, as though none were hable to conquere and subdue thée. But heare O thou proude lande, what I haue determined as touching thée. Though thou passedst the Eagles in fly­ing, and placedst thy fortresses and strong holdes euen among the starres, yet shalte thou not escape my handes. For I wyll plucke thée downe from thence, and hauing firste despoiled thée of all ayde, set thée out afterwarde to be robbed, and made desolate of thine enimies. And this is greatly to be obserued, that he so dilligently admonished them of their poore estate. For there is no o­ther thing that maye make thée arro­gante spirites of men more to humble thēselues, than if men consider who they are, and howe many thinges they are [Page 16] destitute of, wherwith others do abounde. For so hath God disposed the doings of mortall men, that there is none whiche hath not néede of the helpe and ayde of o­ther men, and euen they whiche suppose that in some things they excell all, shal yet in some other things, if they thoroughly examine their whole estate, find themsel­ues of all men liuing the most miserable. These things duly considered, will make, that both we shalbe the lesse puffed vp with present prosperitie, and also we shall haue the greater respecte vnto Christian Charitie, without the whiche nation and realmes cannot possibly stand.

A strange destruction threatned.But bycause the Lord knew, that this suffised not for the repressing of those ar­rogant mindes, he goeth on in describing of their destruction, and sheweth that the same shall not be after the common sorte. If theeues had come vpon thee (saith he) if robbers had rushed vpon thee in the night (that is to say, vnwares) hovv hadst thou bin spoyled? By a comparison he amplifieth their destruction and spoyling. As though he shoulde saye: It mighte be [Page 17] thought a miserable thing, if eyther thée­ues or violent robbers should come in the night tyme, and spoyle your palaces. Yet is this a smal thing in respect of the other. For suche kinde of men liste not to make curious searche of all things: But when they haue sacked vp so muche as they thinke inoughe, they prouide for themsel­ues by fléeing away. So if the Grape ga­therers robbe any Vine of hir clusters, they woulde at the least leaue some Gra­pes behynde them. But when as the tyme of my iudgement shall come vpon you, all things shall atonce be taken from you, and ye all withoute exception toge­ther, with all the goodes that ye haue, shal vtterly be rooted oute. And the rather to moue them, he bringeth them as it were to the béeholding of a presente thing, and with admiration addeth. Hovve are the things belonging to Esau searched out? That is to witte, his goodes or treasure. Howe are those things founde out, which they had hidden & reserued in verie secret places. By this place wée are taughte what for the moste parte happeneth vnto [Page 18] such, as heape together welth by violence, and ill meanes. They light at length vp­on such as are like to thēselues, who by y e same guileful meanes rob thē also. Thus they haue hoorded vppe riches together, but they could not tell for whom. Neither doth it auaile, to seke against the Lord ei­ther blind couertes, or other kinds of ayde, whereby to preserue suche as they haue. For no man is able to bleare Gods eyes, or escape his hand, as not long since y e pro­phet Amos hath declared. Let vs rather learne to folow righteousnes, & iudge low­ly of oure selues, placing all oure hope in Christ alone, who by y e merite of his death hath purchased for vs those true & perma­nent treasures, which in time to come we shall haue giuen vs to enioye. To him be­longeth thankes giuing, honour, glorye, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The second Homelie.

ALl the men that vvere thy con­federates haue sent to thee, euen vnto thy borders. They haue decei­ued [Page 19] thee, thy men of peace haue pre­uailed ouer thee, yea euen the men that did eate thy breade, shall laye a wound vnder thee. He hath no vn­derstāding in him. VVill it not come to passe in that day, saith the Lorde, that I shall destroy the vvise mē out of Edom, and vnderstanding frō the mounte of Esau? Thy captaines O Theman, shal faile, that a mā may be cut of frō the moūt of Esau to be de­stroyed. Bicause thou hast oppressed thy brother Iacob, thou shalt be co­uered thy selfe vvith shame, and pe­rishe for euermore.

STill goeth Abdias on to set against y e vaine con­fidence in outwarde aides, The argu­ment and vse of this presēt place. wherunto while the Edo­mites leaned, they contem­ned the threatnings of God. And here at this presēt he reasoneth as touching their leagues, wherewithall they had linked [Page 20] vnto them y e nations, that were their next borderers, & perhaps together with them the Babylonians also. Then passeth he o­uer to speake of their boasting in wyse­dome, and warlike strength, and proueth, that all these things shall nothing auayle them, séeing that contrarie to the lawes of nature, they leaue not of to persecute their brethren. This vse are we to take of this place, neuer to arme our selues with anye outward meanes of defence, against the iudgementes of God: but rather submit­ting our selues vnder his hand, let vs con­uert vnto him, who, if we be truely peni­tent, will receiue vs into his fauor againe.

He cōfuteth the confidēce in leagues.First of all, after the Prophet hath takē away the confidence in strong holdes, and abundance in wealth, he talketh now of their leagues or confederacies: and saith, that the trust which they put therin, shall be so vaine and frustrate, that they shall bring them no helpe, but rather destructi­on. And the rather to moue the mindes of his auditours, he setteth out y e same with many words. First, all the men that were thy confederates haue sente vnto thee, [Page 21] euen vnto thy borders. They haue decei­ued thee. These wordes of many are red after another sort, which suppose, that this worde Schalach here signifieth to driue or to cast out: as though this were the mea­ning. Thy confederates shall driue thée out. But bycause in this first parte he in­treateth of the guiles and euill subtilties of their confederates, wherwithall they should deceiue the Edomites, I had rather sticke to the more simple and vsuall mea­ning of the Hebrew worde. He vseth the time past for the time to come, and so spea­keth of things that were yet to be done, as thoughe they were already done, whiche manner the Prophetes in denouncing of plagues are well acquainted with, therby the rather to expresse the infallible truthe of God his threates. So that this is the meaning: I know, that you set very great affiaunce in leagues, and loke for helpe of your fellowes, whereby to put to flighte your enemies force, if any such shuld come vpon you. Howbeit, ye shall be muche deceiued. In déede they make you verye large promises, but when the matter shall [Page 22] come to the triall, they shall most shame­fullie beguile you. For although they giue a shew, that they are your frends, & shall also send the helpes that they haue promi­sed, yet shal they come no nerer vnto thée, than to thy borders and outmost boundes: for there shall they be frayed with y e force of thine enemies, and returne home a­gaine, forsaking thee in thine extreme daū ­ger: thus shal they deceiue thée, for y t thou leaning vpō their promises, darest by do­ing wrong prouoke thine enemies to bat­taile, by whō at lēgth thou shalt be oppres­sed thy self, in as much as thy felowes can giue thée no aide, who now are y e causers of thyne arrogancie & pryde. Moreouer, Thy mē of peace shal preuaile ouer thee. So are they called, which are oure grea­test familiers, & from whō we hope for cō ­tinuall quiet, and all dutyes of frendship. These (saith he) shall preuaile ouer thée. Which may be expounded two maner of wayes: first, y t by their authoritie they shal draw the Edomites into noysome & hurt­full deuises, wherin they may afterward forsake them, as not long since was decla­red. [Page 23] And this doth cōmonly happē to such, as enter in league with their betters, that being perswaded with their counsailes, they wrap themselues in excéeding great daunger. Otherwise also it may be inter­preted of open violence or oppression, as if this were the meaning: that the Babi­lonians vnder pretence of a league, shuld vtterlye oppresse them, and bring them vnder their dominiō: as for the most part it is the maner of mightie kings, if at anye time they may allure their inferiours to take part with them. He addeth hereunto: The men of thy bread shall lay a vvound vnder thee. By these whome he calleth men of bread, he meaneth either their do­mesticals & familiars, or else their waged souldiours: & these (saith he) shall laye a wound vnder thée, that is, guilefully and traiterously shall they lie in waite for thy destruction, euē at such time, as thou lokest for no such thing at their hands. And these are y e things that Abdias preacheth to the Edomites as touching their vaine confi­dence in leagues. Wherin we must of ne­cessity note y e causes, wherwith God was [Page 24] offended, and thought good to lay this kind of punishment vpon them. Namely, for that with like breach of trust they also had oftentimes deceyued others, hauing no conscience at al for the true keping of their confederacies. For, first and foremost, as concerning the duetie of brotherly league, which by right of consanguinitie was be­twene them and the Iewes, they had vio­lated the same with deadly and continual hatred. After the same sorte prophaned they also the couenaunt of God, in y e seale wherof, namely Circumcision, they much gloried, whē as yet they hated them, with whom God had made that couenant. Be­sides this, they measured the leagues and frendships of men onely by their priuate lucre: and for this cause neuer continued faithfull to any, so sone as there appeared either anye hope of greater gaine, or con­trariwise feare of daunger. By the iuste iudgemente of God therefore came it to passe, that they also found them vntrustie, of whō by meanes of leagues they hoped for aide and succour. And the same that happened vnto these, vndoubtedlye all o­ther [Page 25] haue experience of, which make but a pastime of violating of couenauntes, and breaking of trouth being plighted before. But bicause it is our happe here to speake of leagues or couenauntes, in making or breaking wherof great offence is commit­ted now a dayes, it shall not be from the purpose, if we bestowe some diligence a­boute the considering therof.

This word Foedus (signifying a league or couenaunt) some deriue of Fides (faith) other some of Ferio (to strike or beate) for that in old time, in confirming of leagues, it was the manner to haue a sowe, which at that verie season shuld with a solemne kind of cursing be beaten, these words be­ing added: So like this sowe moughte he filthely fall, that shall breake couenantes. Whereby some suppose that it is called Foedus, à foedè cadendo, of filthelie falling. The Germanes deriued their name for a couenaunt, of the worde Binding, hauing respecte rather to the thing it selfe, than to the ceremonies or rites that mē are wont to vse in making of couenāts. What a league is. For a coue­naunt or league (to make proper definitiō [Page 26] thereof) is a mutuall cōpact, whereby two or thrée, by reason of some common peace or commoditie, bind themselues one to a­nother with certaine conditions, whiche (with a solemne inuocating of the name of God they testifie(the will kéepe inuio­lably. That lea­gues are law full. Now, that suche kind of compactes are lawfull inough (no other blemish com­ming betwene) may manifestly appeare by the example of the holy fathers, who (we reade) both made couenaunts, and al­so religiously kept them. Gen. 14. and 21. and 26. For with Abra­ham were confederated Escol and Aner, and in like manner Abimelech, who af­terward renued the couenaunte with I­saac. Dauid also was in confederacie with Hiram the king of Tyre, 1. Kings. 5. which, that God was not displeased withall, is euident by the building of the temple, whervnto Hi­ram did not a little help. But what néede we examples, when as all mē know, that neither the publique quiet, nor the mutu­all entercourse of one natiō with another, nor cōmon liberties can in any wise stād, without y e lawes of truce and peace: seing also in histories we reade of so many ex­amples [Page 27] of the iudgmēts of God, whrby he hath punished such as haue bin trucebrea­kers. Yea and the Apostle Paule, amongst the plagues that should happen about the end of the world, reckneth vp thē also that traiterously breake couenaunts and bar­gaines. 2. Ti. 3. Now, How offence may be auoyded in ma­king of leagues. to kepe vs frō offen­ding in this so good and necessary a mat­ter, we must with great diligence obserue thrée things. First, that we make no coue­naunts with mē that are manifestly wic­ked, & aliants frō the true religion. For the same did good in times past prohibite, whē as, in his lawe, he forbad the making of a­ny couenants with the Chananites. Exo. 34. Deute. 7. And the example of Iosaphat is well knowe, who was greatly rebu­ked of the Prophete, euen in this respecte, for that he was ioyned in societie with A­chab being wicked, and an enimie to the sincere religion: his ships also were bro­ken, whiche he had prepared to go foorthe with the ships of Ochosias. Neither dyd god without good cause forbid the same, sith that the familiar societies of the vngodly are enimies to the studey of godlynesse [Page 28] and good life: neither can their fidelitie be sure to truste vnto, who bothe in other things, and also in couenantes, séeke only their owne priuate lucre, and do therefore shamefully breake promise, if any thing hapneth vnto them contrary to their ex­pectation. 2 Secondly, it is méete that we be very ware and circumspect, in appointing the principall articles or conditions of our couenaunts. And here aboue all things we must take héede, that no promise bée made contrary to the worship of God, and that faith, whereby we are alredy bounde vnto him. Wherevnto certainly, our fore­fathers being men very religious, had great regard, when as in their couenants and publique lawes for a common welth, they alwais made exceptiō of the Church, lest it shuld be put to any damage, or losse. Besides this, there must be had a coside­ration, that publique peace may be kept, & remaine safe for all men: and that we de­crée nothing for our owne priuate commo­ditie, to y e oppressiō of others. These things might be dilated with many words: but it is all comprehended in religion and iu­stice, [Page 29] whatsoeuer apperteyneth to the con­ditions of holy couenauntes, or leagues. Thirdly, when as they are religiously and 3 lawfully ordayned, héede must be taken, that the confidence of mind, which oughte to depend vppon God alone, be not besto­wed vpon our partners or confederates. For they that so do, committe idolatrie no lesse than do the couetous men, whome, for the trust that they put in their riches, the Apostle accuseth of idolatrie. Nowe, how vaine this confidence in leagues is, not only this present example of the Edo­mits, but also the vnfortunate ends of ma­ny other beare record, and in this our age many haue proued by experience. For, put the case, that men be very desirous to stand to their couenants, yet are they not alwaies hable to do as they would: and many things also do happen, whiche of a sodē make frustrate all their deuises, that they had taken before. It was not for naught then, that Ieremy long since saide: Cursed is he that putteth his confidence in mā, & taketh flesh for his arme. Jere. 17. They therfore, that in their couenants making, [Page 30] obserue such things as I haue here noted, shal reape no small commoditie therout of; on the other side, they that neglecte them, being caried with the policie of man, and desire of priuate gaine, shall at length be punished of the Lord, as y e Edomits were.

He taketh away the confidence in wisedomeBut let vs retourne to the Prophete, who after he hath beatē downe the vaine confidence in leagues, taketh also away from these Edomites the glorying in theyr wisedome, wherewith they thought them selues so well appointed, that they suppo­sed it an impossible thing to haue any mā found, whiche mighte go beyonde them in skilfulnesse of warre, and subtill deuises. And first he propoundeth in generall, say­ing, He hath no vnderstanding in him. As though he should say: What vauntes make ye to me of their wisedome, whiche in very déede is none? And though there remaine any as yet, shal not I be hable in the day when I bring my iudgementes vppon them, to roote out all the wise men out of Edom, and take away all vnderstā ­ding from the mount of Esau? He calleth that the mount of Esau, which by another [Page 31] name is called Seir, Gen. 32.33.36. &c. and belongeth to the stony Arabia. And this is the meaning, that he will so infatuate them, that when they shall haue most nede of counsaile, then shall they be vtterly destitute of all wisedome. That these were not vaine threts, may euen hereby appeare, for that, when as for the space of certaine hundred yeares they had by their owne fighting egged on all their nexte borderers to raise vp warre against them, yet thought they themselues in safetie by meanes of theyr confederacies. So also they reposed great hope in the societie of y e Chaldées, who yet laid in waite to subdue al nations. And the same that hapned to these Edomites, we reade hath hapned to many others also.

Esay in very déede threatneth the same to the Egyptians: so dothe he lykewise to the Babylonians, who had the chiefe commendation of wisedome thorough­out the whole Easte. And if we liste to tourne ouer prophane histories, what was there euer that carried a greater fame of wisedome and sharpenesse of witte, than did the Citie of Athens? [Page 32] Yet how often hath it through more than doting deuises, brought mischiefe vpon it self? The like report may be made of ma­ny other: and euen at this day, not with­out some reason, is it vsed in a common prouerbe, that the greatest tokens of folie are shewed in a manner of those that are wisest. For by the iust iudgement of God cōmeth it to passe, that they are intrapped in their owne counsailes, that woulde be wise withoute God. By these things we are admonished, not to abuse the gifte of wisedome, neither yet so to truste to the ripenesse of our owne witte, that we arro­gantly contemne others in respecte of our selues. For the feare of the Lord is the be­ginning of wisedome, and the chiefe toppe therof is the true knowledge of God with a faithful obediēce. This whosoeuer haue they both iudge lowly of themselues, and also referre all their endeuours to the glo­ry of God, seking for no wisedome with­out his word: which causeth that their in­tents are alotted an happie ende: yea euen then also, when as God tryeth them vn­der the crosse.

[Page 33]These Edomites put not the least parte of their confidence in their Souldiours which they had being very valiaunt, He taketh away the confidence in souldiours. and throughly exercised by long vse of wars. This the prophete confuteth, saying: Thy Capitaines O Theman shall faile, that a man (or euerie man, for in this sense also is the name of a man vsed amongst the Hebrewes) maye be cutte off from the mounte of Esau to be destroyed. He na­meth here Theman, who (Moyses wry­teth) came of Eliphas, and was Nephewe to Esau Gene. 36. And he threatneth, that euen the greatest of courage, by meanes of terrour and feare, shall be fainte har­ted: so that for verye anguishe they shal be hable to succour neyther themselues, nor others. Whiche thing in Ieremie God painteth oute with a parable say­ing: The heartes of the vvorthies in E­dom shall be as the hearte of a vvoman trauailing vvith childe. Neyther dothe he onely threaten terroure and feare, but also suche destruction, as whereby all shoulde be plucked vp by the rootes, whyle there remained any one. By this [Page 34] place we are taught, that God is not on­ly hable to bring mēs deuises to naught, but that therewithall he is of power to weaken the whole strength both of mind and body: whose doing also it is, that they sometime become swifter than a Doe in flying away, whose māhoode before hath bene to their great commendatiō assai [...], euen in extreame daungers. Most fonde are they therefore, that laying the feare of God aside, trust to suche kind of aides, sith that in déede they may not defende. Let vs rather learne to lay vp our hope in God, who (as Dauid confesseth) bothe strengthneth the mindes with heroicall courage, and addresseth the handes to warre, and the fingers to fighte. Looke Psalme. 18:27. and .144.

The oppres­sion of their brethren, the cause of their destruction.After he hath nowe taken away all trust in outward aydes, he adioyneth a cause of their so great destructiō. Bycause thou hast oppressed thy brother Iacob, thou shalte be couered thy selfe vvith shame, and perish for euermore. Hee might haue rehersed many other, but he rather made mencion of this, as moste [Page 35] agréeing with the argument of this pro­phecie: namely that the Iewes, who were afflicted, mighte take consolation therby, vnderstanding that God woulde be the reuenger and punisher of suche In­iuries as they suffered. And hée vseth such a word, as amongst the Hebrewes signifieth not euery kinde of oppression, but suche a one as is verie violente, and ioyned with greate wrong, as whereby a man is enforced to leaue his own place and goe his waye. For he putteth in the name of Iacob, therby to shew, that this hatred is of antiēt time, & long cōtinu­ance: which being begon a great whyle since by Esau, is not yet satisfied wyth so many Iniuries, as haue folowed these many hundreth yeares: And that there­fore it is nowe highe tyme for them to vndergoe suche Plagues as they haue deserued.

And these plagues he declareth shall not bée after the common sorte: but hée threatneth them perpetuall confusion and bannishemente, whereout they shall neuer bee restored agayne.

[Page 36]By this example let vs learne, howe de­testable an offence it is to oppresse oure neighbours and afflicte those whom God hathe ioyned vnto vs by a brotherlye league. And truely suche is the conditi­on of al Christians, who are not brethrē in one only respect: sith they haue one & the selfe same father in heauen, séeyng they loke for the same inheritaunce in heauen, and moreouer through vnitie of faith and one Baptisme are members of the same body. Loke Ephe. 4. &. 1. Cor. 12. An horrible trespasse therfore wil it be to persecute them that are suche, and for tryfling iniuries to forgette so néere a knitting together, as is betwene Christ and vs. Wherefore laying aparte oure owne affections, let vs loue one another, that Christe Iesus acknowledging vs for his owne, maye in tyme to come re­ceyue vs to be partakers of his Kyng­dome. To whom belongeth thankesgi­uing, honour, glorye, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The thirde Homelie.

IN the daye vvhen thou stoodest o­uer against, euen in that day vvhen the alientes caried avvaye his sub­stance, and strangers came in at his portes, and caste lottes vpon Ierusa­lem, thou also thy selfe vvast as one of them. Loke not vpon the day of thy brother, vpon the day of his a­lienation: neither reioyce ouer the children of Iuda in the day of their destruction, and opē not thy mouth vvide in the day of their tribulation. Enter not vvithin the gates of my people in the daie of their destructiō, beholde them not in their affliction, in the daye of their destruction, and stretch not thy hande to their goods in the daye of their fall. And stande not in the parting of the vvayes to murther such of thē as are escaped, nor take thē prisoners, that remaine [Page 38] in the day of their truble. For the day of the Lorde is hard at hand ouer all Heathen as thou hast done to others so shal it be done to thee: thy reward shall bee revvarded thee euen vpon thine head. For likevvise as ye haue dronke vpon my holie hill, so shall all Heathen drinke continually: yea drinke shall they and svvalovve vp, so that they shall be, as though they had neuer ben.

The argu­mēt and vse [...]f this pre­sent place. AS god being a righ­teous iudge, is wonte to punishe none withoute weightie causes: so doth hée for the moste part, re­ueale vnto men, by his worde, the causes of his plagues, partly, that they which be punished, may vnderstande that they are worthyly punished: partely also that by their examples, others may be taughte, what they must doe, if they haue a desire to kéepe themselues from partakyng of [Page 39] the lyke. And to this ende ought the pro­phecie of Abdias, to be referred: who af­ter he hath threatned the Edomites with the destruction of their whole nation, and spoyle of all their goodes, hauyng there­withall confuted the whole confidence in outward aydes, incontinently declareth also the principall cause of all [...]ese euils, namely the deadlye and vnreconciliable hatred, wherwithal contrarie to the com­men lawes of Nature, they had persecu­ted the Nation of the Iewes, béeing their brethren, from the fyrste beginning there­of till nowe, a thousand, an hundred, and threescore yeares: and laste of all, when as the Babylonians besieged them, were the chiefe causers of their destruction and miserie. In déede the Edomites had ma­nie things that they mighte pretende, for the excuse of their fact: Namely that the Iewes peryshed not by theyr meanes, but thoroughe theyr owne defaulte, and that them selues dyd nothyng, but that they were enforced to doe of Necessi­tie, séeyng they coulde not otherwyse prouyde for theyr owne safetie.

[Page 40]Or else they mighte alledge, that those Edomites which ayded the Babilonians, were not sent vnto them by any authori­tie, but ran oute vnto them of their owne accorde: as among nations accustomed to warfare is no seldome séene thing. By which reasō also many at this daye take in hand to excuse themselues: & yet in the meane season greatly set by such kind of men, & are cōtent euē for small rewards to be patrons of their cause. To all these things therfore doth God at this present make answere to the full: & in such sorte maketh rehersall what they haue done, & what punishment they haue deserued, y t any mā may easily gather hereby, what all suche may loke for, as at these dayes imitate the maners of these men.

He proueth, [...]hat the E­domites were [...]he authours [...]f the destru [...]tion of the [...]ewes.First of all he confuteth their excuse, & manifestly proueth, that it was the Edo­mites, y e oppressed y e people of y e Iewes. In y e day (saith he) VVhē thou stodest o­uer against, euē in that daye vvhē the ali­ents caried avvay his substance, & straū ­gers came in at his portes, and caste lottes vpon Ierusalem, thou also thy selfe vvast as one of them.

[Page 41]The meaning of these wordes is this: What auaileth it to denie that whiche I saw with mine owne eyes, & for y t which there may be broughte forth so many wit­nesses? For, put the case, that thou wast no partie in the destructiō of the Citie & tem­ple, yet what reason moued thée to stand ouer against, like an idle loker on, whē it was beaten downe of the Babylonians? Yea rather, whē as they violētly entred in into the Citie, why wast thou séene vnder their banners? Why also, when as they deuided by lotte those that were taken captiue, and the residue of the pray, why wast thou as one of them? Neither wan­teth it an Emphasis, in that he sayth, Thou also thy selfe. As though he shoulde say: It coulde be no great maruell, that the Babylonians should beare deadly en­mitie towarde the people of the Iewes: who as they haue employed their care for the space of certaine hundreth yeares to enlarge the borders of their empire, so al­so being stirred by the rebellion of the Iewes, and conspiracie of Zedechias, Iere. 27. (wherin ye likewise were partners) toke [Page 42] that warre in hand. But forasmuche as you the Edomites, (who in respect both of néere neyghbourhood and consanguinitie, oughte to haue releeued them in their ex­tremitie, or at the least, to haue vsed com­passion, and by some signification of a re­die mynde to haue assuaged their sorow) haue contrarywyse with no lesse crueltie than the other, runne vpon them béeing in miserie: this surely hath happened be­side all expectation of man, and may bee adiudged in maner of a woonder, contra­rie to Nature. Neyther can ye make al­legation, that some of your countrey folks made inuasions, not as sente there aboute by publique authoritie of the whole Na­tion, but rashely of their owne priuate brayne: For I know your dealings, and am sure, that they were honourably en­tertained of you, & that by the praie that came thereof, you your selues were enri­ched. Ye shall all therfore vndergoe one kinde of punishment. &c. So now by this place, we are admonished, that God will admit no suche kinde of excuses, but that whole Nations are inwrapped in lyke [Page 43] guilte with suche bloudsuckers, if they mainteyn their wantonnesse, and allowe their bloudie endeuors. And verie méete is it, that they become partners in punish­ment, which (though it were but in fauo­ring affection) were diuiders of the gain and praie. Let no man then with these kinde of deuises deceiue himself. For that God which searcheth the hearts & the rei­nes, cannot be ignorant with what min­des we take any thing in hande: and if so be at al times he doth not openly cōuince vs by his worde, yet at the least with se­crete enspiring of his holy Ghoste, hee so teachech our consciences, that we can in no wyse denie, but that we are wor­thie of plagues. To the aforesayd things the Lord now adioyneth certayn precep­tes, He prescri­beth precepts of charitie, wherby both he reproueth them of wic­kednesse, and excuseth his owne rigour. whereby hée teacheth them what to doe afterwarde.

In which preceptes is included a ma­nifest kinde of taunting, wherby he both vpbraydeth them for the dueties of mu­tuall Charitie on their partes omitted, and also excuseth the rigour of his owne iudgemente, that they should not thinke [Page 44] themselues ouer hardly dealt withall, sée­ing they had with no lesse crueltie oppres­sed their owne brethren. In making re­hersal wherof, he vseth very many words, thereby to minister ocasion vnto them, to thinke vppon their abhominable factes, and therewithall to declare, that he is ig­norant of none of those things, whiche we committe against the lawes of brotherly loue. So thē this vpbrayding of detestable acts is with diligence to be weyghed, that we may learne thereby, howe gre­uous sentence God pronounceth ouer those things, which amongst men for the most parte are thought scarce worthy of blame. First (saith he) Looke not vppon the daie of thy brother: or, as some other interprete it: Be not séene in the day of thy brother. For both these expositions fall to one sense, which is (as he himselfe afterward expoundeth it) that they shuld take no pleasure or delight in the calami­ties of their brethren the Iewes. And he termeth it the day of alienation: when as God in suche sorte giueth ouer those that are his, to the lewde lust of the vngodly [Page 45] that they séeme nowe not to be hys chil­dren, or of his owne houshould, but alto­gither alients from his family. He addeth also: Open not thy mouth vvide in the day of their tribulation. That is, take no occasion by their afflictions to glorie and vaunt of thy selfe, and thy superstitions. And thus doth he gaily paint out the be­hauioure of the wicked, who persecuting the godly with such an hatred as will not be reconciled, and in manner commeth by inheritaunce from their forelders, are wonderfully glad at their calamities, and hearing that they are in affliction, imme­diatly runne out, not to helpe them with any aide, but with this miserable spec­tacle to féede their owne cruell mindes. And this they do, both for that they wish them euill, and also for that they thinke, they haue iust cause thereby to glory in their owne superstitions. For then are heard such manner of spéeches, as wher­by they are accustomed to giue open testi­monie of their hatred, and to shew forth weightie and iust causes thereof (if the Goddes be so content) and arrogantly al­so [Page 46] to commend their own innocencie: yea they then giue it out, that God is a wit­nesse and reuenger of their wrongs: as though he in correcting his children, were wont (in maner of an executioner) to sa­tisfie and gratifie the rancours of the vn­godly.

And this is a detestable abhominati­on, which Ieremy also and Daniell found faulte withall in the Babylonians, Lamen. 3. Daniel. 5. with the which it is very cōuenient, that chri­stian men haue no acquaintance. And tru­ly it apperteyneth nothing to the vngod­ly to iudge of religion, (as they are wont) by the successe: sith they are destitute of the word of God, which he himselfe hath appointed to be the rule, whereby hée will be worshipped. Againe, the lawe of charitie enioyneth vs to wéepe with thē that wéepe, and to be sory with them that are sory. Rom. 12. Whiche thing who so refuse to do, most commonly they are cō ­strayned to be waile their owne calami­ties, and euen at that time also offer thē ­selues as a pleasaunt spectacle for theyr enimies to beholde.

[Page 47]Secondly, The people of God may not with en­mitie be ru­shed vpon. Enter not vvithin the gates of my people, in the day of their destruction. He speaketh this of theyr enuious comming, or rather rushing in, and forbiddeth them to vse any suche adoe afterwarde. Whereas also this is full of consolation, that he vouchsafeth to call them by the name of hys peo­ple, whome for theyr offences he so punished, as they mighte séeme alientes from hym: And so by thys so honorable a title, he confuteth the malicious de­tractions of the vngodly, who for that they sawe the Iewes caried away cap­tiue, condemned the faythe and religi­on comprehended in theyr lawe. And straightway hée repeateth it, that be­fore he has spoken of the wicked mens reioycing, that they toke by the affliction of his people, Beholde them not in their affliction, in the day of their destru­ction.

Neyther is thys repetition in vayne, seing it is a matter of very great difficul­tie so to bridle in the affections of the fleshe, that wée hunte not after some [Page 48] delectation, in the calamities of our eni­mies. But chiefly appertayneth to thys second part, that which followeth: And stretch not thy hand to his goodes, in the day of his fall. For in these words he ex­presseth the principall cause, that moued the Edomites like enimies to make inua­sions into the Citie: namely, for that they being men acquainted with warre and raueny, were set on fire with gréedinesse of the pray, whiche they sawe layd open before them, both rich and very precious. Neyther doth he without good reason so ofte make mention of the affliction and destruction of the Iewes: admonishing therby, that they committe no such thing against others, whome they sée both vn­done in goodes, and their life also to stand in great hazard. By these words therfore are confuted their reasons, who if they es­pie any mens substance laide forth to the spoyle, immediatly they also are snat­ching at the same. Why (say they) should not I also get somewhat for my selfe: whē as, although I withold my handes, yet some other will fall to catching of the [Page 49] same, who peraduenture hathe not so muche right therevnto, as we haue.

And this is it, that God layeth to the charge of those Edomites. For althoughe it be his pleasure to punishe the offences of some by warre and spoyling, yet gi­ueth he not euerie man leaue violentlye to rushe vpon them: as neyther the fa­ther maketh his chyld subiect to the leude ordering and malapertnesse of all his ser­uantes, although he be minded somwhat sharply to correcte him. And continually shall that saying of God remayn ratified: VVo be vnto thee that robbest others, and art not robbed thy selfe. &c. Looke E­saye. 33.

Thirdly he addeth, To him that is in miserie, must not more miserie be added. Stande not in the parting of the vvays, or in the high ways, to murther suche of them as are escaped, nor take them prisoners that remain, that is, suche of the Iewes as are lefte, in the day of theyr trouble. In which place he reprehendeth the crueltie more than bar­barous of the Edomites, who not béeing satisfied with the destruction of the Citie and nation of the Iewes, did yet careful­ly [Page 50] take héed that none should escape the hands of their enimies: and béeing well acquainted with the outpassages & situa­tions of the places, had a manner [...] to entrap, and take vp by the way, suche as were fled, and eyther deliuer them e­uer to their enimies, or else to shut them vp, and make them their slaues.

The lyke crueltie did the Prophets A­mos blame the Philistines and Tyrians for: & at this day no doubt, al they shall to gether with them be punished, that imi­tate their maners: as for example they doe, which with too too muche ignominie entreate suche as are driuen out, & bani­shed men from their own countrey: they also, that hauing repulsed such kynde of men from their selues, offer them into the hands of their enimies: they agayne, who in tyme of common dearth practise vsurie, and all maner of legier demain, so abusing the publique calamitie of the néedie, to fil the gorge of their owne grée­die lustes. And what shal wée say of those kinde of men, that compell suche as an escaped from the tyrannie of Antichrist, [Page 51] to returne to wicked superstitions, not suffering them to enioy Christian liber­tie? These are plain shewes of the Edo­mitish crueltie, which the Lorde will not suffer vnreuenged: who accompteth it as done to himselfe, whatsoeuer is doone a­gainst those that are his: according to that saying: VVho so toucheth you, toucheth the apple of myne eye And agayn, Saule, Saule, vvhy persecutest thou me? Looke Zacha. 2. and 12. and Act. 9.

Heerevnto nowe serue those thynges whiche nowe he addeth of Plagues that should surely follow: He retur­neth to the denouncing of their pu­nishment. therby to declare by what meanes he himselfe will bring to passe, that afterwarde they shall not be able, though they would, to commit any such thing agayne. For the daye of the Lorde (sayth he) is harde at hande ouer all Heathen.

By this daye of the Lorde is meant the tyme of reuengement, when as he reuengeth the wyckednesse of the vn­godly. And hereof is often mention made in the Scriptures, to teach vs, that mortall mennes matters are not caried [Page 52] at all aduentures, neyther that God is ignorant of the insolent dealings of the vngodly, but that he hath alreadie a time appointed, wherin both in this worlde, he will punishe the sinnes of euery nation and sorte of men, and hereafter also in that great daye, drawe out the rigoure of his iudgemēt ouer al y e vngodly together. At this presente the Prophet séemeth to reason (as the Logitians call it) ab exem­plo, or à comparatis, as though he shoulde say: God will shortly punish all the Hea­then, Ergo he will also punish you, seeing ye liue all after one sorte. Or thus: Syth God hath determined to punishe all the Heathen, muche more will hée punishe you, whiche in impietie and iniquitie ex­cell all other. And incontinentlye he set­teth out the maner of their punishment, saying: As thou haste done to others, so shall it be done to thee: thy revvarde or hyre shall be revvarded thee euen vpon thy head. For as of all other, the lawe of like for like is most equal, so is God wont chiefly to obserue the same, in reuenging the iniuries doone to his people.

[Page 53]Now what he menaceth the Edomi­tes withall in this place, it shall streight­ways appeare, if we consider what thin­ges he vpbraydeth them for. For he affir­meth, that they shal suffer the same thin­ges, whiche the Iewish people suffred of them not long before.

And that this threat mighte the better be beleued, he confirmeth it w t an other argumēt, fet ab exēplo, whereas he addeth, For likevvyse as yee haue drunke vpon my holie hill, so shall all Heathen drynke continually: yea drinke shall they, and svvalovve vp, so that they shall bee as though they had neuer bene. In whiche place by the word Drinke, many Inter­preters suppose, that there is noted the immoderate reioycing and wantonnesse of the Edomites, who bicause Hierusa­lem was takē, so hopped for ioye, as drun­ken men are woonte to doe in a riottous banket, so that this may be the meaning: As you wātonly leaped for ioy vpon my holie Moūt Sion, when my people was led away into captiuitie, so shal you your selues also cause other nations in lyke [Page 54] manner to reioice, when as the same Ba­bylonians shall lay wast your countrey also, and swallow vp all your substaunce, so that there shall scarcely remaine any print, or token of your nation. But by­cause this sense, if it shoulde be examined word by word, hath many things to farre fet, I am of the mind, that this place might more simply and plainely be expounded, if we say, that there is vsed in this place, a turning of task from the Edomites to the Iewes, whom the Prophet in this whole Sermon is about to giue consolation vn­to: if also by this word drinke, we say, ther are signified the affliction and punishe­ments, which God will lay vpon the vn­godly Heathen. As though he might say: Euen as you whiche are my people, and vpon Sion haue obserued the rytes and ceremonies which I deliuered, for other your offences haue drunke of the cuppe of mine iudignation, that I reached out vn­to you by the Babylonians: so shall also the rest of the Heathen be constreyned to drinke of the same cuppe, yea to suppe it off euen to the dregges, when as I am [Page 55] purposed to pull them out by the rootes. Thys sense agréeth with many other places of the Scripture. And that the metaphor of the cuppe, and of drinking, is vnderstoode after this sorte, it is more manifest, than that it néedes demon­stration with many wordes: séeing we are assured that Christe also in the Gos­pell often vsed the same. Matth. 20. And in the selfe same cause the like wordes are v­sed by other Prophetes, whome Abdias no doubte was a follower of, as is eui­dente by the whole course of hys Ser­mon.

Certainely in Esay. 51. Chapter, the Lord cryeth out: Avvake, avvake, stande vp Hierusalem, thou that from the Lords hande hast drunken the cup of his indig­nation: vvhich hast drunken and supped of the slumbring cup, dregs and all. &c. And in Hiereme it is written: Ierem. 15. Babylon vvas a Golden cup in the hande of the Lorde, making drunken the vvhole earth &c. And in another place, namely in the 25. Chap. the Prophet is commanded to reache out this cuppe vnto all nations, [Page 56] wheras amongst other words the Lords sayeth thus: If so be they refuse to take this cup of thy hande to drinke thereof, tel them, Thus sayth the Lord of hostes, Yee shall not fayle but drinke thereof. For beholde, I begin to plague the citie that is called after my name, and shoulde you escape altogether vnpunished?

Hereto therefore had Abdias also re­specte in saying these wordes, namely, that the Iewes should take no offence at the wanton felicitie of the Edomites▪ sith that within short space they should suffer the gréeuouser punishment. Afflictions of the Churche are sh [...]weto­kens of pub­lique calami­ties. 1. Pet. 4. Now, from hence may be fet a generall doctrine, and verie necessarie to bée marked, namely, that the afflictions of Goddes church are shewetokens of suche Plagues, as the wicked world must néedes be ouerwhel­med withal. For iudgemēt beginneth at the house of God, as not long since vpon the Prophete Amos hathe bene admoni­shed. And continually ought that saying of Christe to be before our eyes: If this be done on the grene tree, vvhat shal be­come of the drye? And surely, greate [Page 57] difference is there betwéene the Iudge­mentes of God ouer the godly, and the vngodly. For the godly drinke the cuppe of affliction from the Lordes hande, but béeing drunken therewith, God rayseth them vp againe (as before vpon Esaye wée haue declared) least they should vt­terly perishe. Contrarywise, the vngod­ly, for that they acknowledge not the iudgementes of God, but become worse and worse thereby, are vtterly lost both in bodie and soule.

Lette vs then bée myndefull of these things, and paciently abyde what soeuer he layeth vppon vs, and vse the same to the amendement of oure lyues, that in tyme to come wée may in Heauen drink of that abundaunt cuppe of Eternall fe­licitie, whiche Christe Iesus oure Lorde hath promysed to them that remaine with him: To whome belongeth Thankesgiuing, honour, glo­rie, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The fourth Homelie.

BVt vpon the mount Sion shalbe a safegard, and it shal be holie, and the house of Iacob shal again enioye her old possessions. And the house of Iacob shall be a fire, and the house of Ioseph a flame, & the house of Esau shal be the stravve, vvhich they shall kindle and cōsume, so that there shall be nothing left of the house of Esau, for the Lord himself hath said it. And they shal possesse the South, namely the mount of Esau, & the plain coū ­trey of the Philistines. They shal also possesse the fieldes of Ephraim, and the fielde of Samaria: and Beniamin shal possesse Gilead. And the armie of the children of Israel that shal re­turne, shal haue all that belongeth to the Chananites, euen vnto Zarphat: and Hierusalem that shall retourne, shall possesse vvhat soeuer is in Se­pharad, euen the cities of the South. [Page 59] And there shall goe vp sauiours vn­to the mounte Sion, to Iudge the mounte of Esau: and the kingdome shall be the Lordes.

HItherto Abdias in the firste part of his Ser­mon hath threatned to the Edomites y e horrible iud­gement of God, The argu­ment and vse of this present place thereby to salue that offence, which was obiected to Captiues in Babylon, when the Babylo­nians sawe them caste out of their natiue countrey, and many wayes subiect to mi­serie: the posteritie of Esau contrarywise flourishing in prosperous estate, and ouer insolently bragging against the people of God. But bicause men are not alwayes in the better case, althoughe their eni­mies bée putte to due punishemente for theyr vniuste dealing and crueltie, ther­fore ensueth nowe the other parte wher­in hée promyseth, that the Iewes shal be restored agayne: therby to let them vn­derstande, that GOD will not onely reuenge the Iniuries doone vnto them, [Page 60] but that he will also be mindefull of hys promises, and set vp agayne that king­dome amongst them, whch he so ofte had promised to theyr fathers. And from hence we also are to fet consolation: that God is not in manner of a furious man caried with a blinde rage against his en­nimies, but that the reuenge whiche he taketh vppon them, is ioyned also wyth their deliuerance to succéede. But before we take in hande the wordes of Abdias, that which lately was spoken in the con­clusion of Amos his prophecie, must here also be marked: namely, that those things which the Prophets speake of the resto­ring againe of Israell, haue their full per­fection none otherwise but in Christ, who alone hath reedified that eternal and bles­sed kingdome of God amōgst mē. Wher­fore with the historicall sense wée must also ioyn togither the mysteries of Christ and his Churche: and forth with shall we perceiue, that al stay of saluation is com­prehended in the same.

He sheweth, that in Sion, that is, in the Church, is the sanc­tuarie of sal­uation and safetie.Firste of all, by a generall promise hée teacheth, that they all shall haue peace in [Page 61] Gods Church, as many as holde them­selues within the lappe thereof. In the mount Sion shal be (saith he) a safegard, and it shall be holy. &c. He séemeth to set these words against all the other that he had spoken before, of the cruel layings in waite of the Edomites, and euen of all the ennemies of the Churche: as if thys were the sense: Although now ye are ca­ried away into Babylon, and there su­steine all kind of miseries: againe, althogh the Edomites busie themselues aboute intercepting of suche as do yet remaine, and hauing intercepted them, either send them ouer to the Babylonians, or else by force take them away to become theyr slaues: yet shall they neuer bring it to passe, but that vpon mount Sion God wil set vp his Church, which may be a sanc­tuarie of safetie for al that flye therevnto: and that the same mount may remayne consecrate vnto my honoure, in such sort, that I will not suffer it to be continually prophaned of the Gentiles. And hereout shall it come to passe, that the house of Ia­cob shal againe enioy hir old possessions: [Page 62] that is to witte, The land, which of olde tyme I promysed vnto Abraham: or (as others interprete it) they shall possesse suche, as at this present haue the rule o­uer them. And this thing, in the wordes that folowe, by a more plentyfull recko­ning vp of the partes hee will expresse.

These thinges were partely fulfilled, when as the Iewes retourned out of Ba­bylon, inhabited their owne land again, buylded vp the Citie and the Temple, and erected a kynde of kyngdome and common wealthe. Howe bee it, bycause they were afterwardes sundrye wayes afflicted, and lasie of all by the war lyke force of the Romaines, sette beside theyr owne land, and vtterly pulled vp by the rootes, wée are inforced of necessitie to looke vp higher, namely to Christe, who suffering at Hierusalem, vpon the mount Sion, hath purchased vnto vs eternall Saluation, and there firste of all foun­ded his Churche, whiche from thence is spred abroade ouer the whole worlde.

And here wée haue to marke, that we haue Saluation sette out for vs no other [Page 63] where, than in Sion, which elsewhere. I haue declared, is a figure of the Church. So then thorough it alone doth Saluati­on happen vnto men, euen for that it de­pendeth vpon Christ onely, and therefore can no others be partakers thereof, but such as are graft in through true faithe, and so become membres of the Churche, wherof he is the only head. As therefore long since in the tyme of the floud, tho­rough the Arke of Noe alone, the remnāt of mankinde were saued: so also in all a­ges shall they find saluation in the church only, as many as flée thervnto. Let these things serue vs to this end, that both we may cōstantly maintein the vnitie of the Church, and also manfully stande among the myd sourges of this world, sith it can not be, that Christ should forsake his chur­che, which to this end hath he consecrate to himselfe, that therin the pure worship of his Name may here be continued, and in tyme to come it may reigne with him in heauen.

Howbeit it séemed an impossible thing that the Iews shuld at any time recouer [Page 64] again their possessions, The force of the ennemies doth nothing derogate frō the promises of God. séeing that while they kepte in Babylon, the Edomites florished verie greatly, and swelled with pride, partly for that they were enriched with the spoyles of the Iewes, partly al­so, for that they so much trusted vpon the frendship of the Babylonians.

But that all this should derogate no­thing from the promise of God, the Pro­phet teacheth by a comparison. And the house of Iacob shall bee a fyre, and the house of Ioseph a flame, and the house of Esau shall be the stravve, vvhich they shal kindle and consume, so that there shall be nothing left of the house of Esau. He calleth the kingdome of Iuda the house of Iacob, and the Israelites the house of Ioseph, amōgst whom y t Ephraimits fet­ching their originall from Ioseph, did in a maner obteyne the chiefe soueraigntie. And all these he compareth to a burning fire, and moste feruent flame: whervnto the Edomites might make no more resi­stance, than as if a man should put straw or stubble, to the feruencie of the fire. For they shall boyle in heate agaynst the [Page 65] Edomites, and being armed with power from God, shal so cōsume them, that that arrogant and insolent house of Esau shal not haue so muche as a small remnant, wherby to be hable to ryse vp againe.

This was fulfilled as touching the hi­storie, when as the nation of the Edomi­tes, for the iniuries doone against the peo­ple of God, was vtterly destroyed, and o­thers enioyed their lande.

And this maner of speaking deserueth especially to be noted, wherin all this is attributed to the Iewes & the Israelites, as though they should consume the Edo­mites, lyke as the fire cōsumeth the stub­ble. Yet do we not reade any where that they did so. Notwithstanding, the Pro­phet truely affirmeth the same, for that beeing moued with his peoples miserie, (the chiefe causers whereof, the Edomites were) was himself kindled against them, and reuenged the iniuries of his people with their destruction.

Wherout we haue to fetch a generall doctrine, The godly at a destruc­tion to the wicked. namely that the godly shal euer be the destruction of the wicked, yea al­though [Page 66] they lay no hand vpon them. For God alwayes fyndeth out some suche as may persecute the iniuries done to those that are his. So Loth béeing taken cap­tiue in warre destroyed the kings which were conquerours, for that by meanes of him, Abraham folowed vpon them. So the Israelites broughte vtter ruine vpon Pharao, the Chananites and many o­thers. So did Gods Churche also bryng vtter subuersion to the Romain empire, when as the Lorde required thereof the bloud of his martyrs. And in this respect is it compared to a stone, whom no man, that is mynded therby to assay the stren­gthe of his arme, can take vp withoute harme. Zach. 12. And in the meane season this may by a mysticall sense be referred to the worde of God, whiche soundeth in his Churche, and whereby it is begotten a newe, and kepte in good order. For this woord in no seldome places of the Scrip­ture is compared to fire. The word of God is a fire. Jer. 32. &. 5. Is not my vvord lyke fyre (sayth the Lorde) and as a ham­mer beating the rocke in sunder? And a­gaine, Beholde, I vvill make my vvords [Page 67] a fyre in thy mouth, and this people shall be vvood, and it shall deuoure them. In lyke maner Christe speaking of his Gos­pel, how it shuld be spred ouer the whole world, saith: I am come to send fyre vpon the earth, and vvhat is my desire, but that it vvere kindled? Luc. 12. And surely if a man liste to make comparison of the na­ture of fire wyth the worde of God, hée shall soone espie a maruelous resemblāce between them both. For the fire with his brightnesse lightneth all places néere vn­to it: So doth the word of God enlighten mens minds, and driueth away the dark­nesse of errors and ignorance: in conside­ration wherof, it is termed in the Scrip­tures, a light and a candle. The fire with his heat burneth: So dothe the worde of God inflame mens mindes with a loue of heauenly things, and an holie desire to godlinesse. By fire, golde and siluer are purged, where as it consumeth all other things: So by the word of God ar the elect wonte to be purged from the corruption of the fleshe, the vngodly in the meane season growing therby worse and worse, [Page 68] for that they being impaciēt of discipline, conceyue thereby an anger and an ha­tred, whiche at length bringeth them to desperation and destruction. For they are confounded euen in their owne conscien­ces: and bicause neither by that meanes they wil giue place, at length they horri­bly perishe. And hereto serueth it, which in the Apocalipse the .2. chap. is mentio­ned of the two witnesses, oute of whose mouth there came a fyre, whereby they auenged them of their enimies. And of Christ it is reported, that he should smyte the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his mouth shoulde kill Antichrist. 2. Thess. 2. Thus commeth it to passe, that Esau shal haue no remnant left. For whatsoeuer the godly haue in them that is earthly, and sauoureth of the nature of the worlde, that is wholly by meanes of this heauenly fire by litle and little wasted awaye, that they maye bée wholly renued in euery parte. Contrary­wise, the vngodly perish both in soule and body, howesoeuer for a while they rouze vp themselues against the Lord and his [Page 69] Church. Now although it séemeth almost an impossible thing, yet proueth hée that it must néeds be true and ratified, bicause The Lorde himselfe hath sayde it, whose power is vnconquerable, and therefore his will must also be established.

Now returneth he to that, He descri­beth the bounds of the Churche or kingdome of Christ. whiche be­fore he had sayd of the enioying againe of their possessions, and describeth howe far and howe wyde their boundes shoulde ex­tend. Howbeit, he nameth such boundes, as at that season were wel knowne vnto al, & do rightly agrée with the situation of Iewrie. For I can not away with y e tri­fling toyes of y e Iewes, who (such is their boldnesse and folie) dare fable what they list, & mingling Asia & Europa together, affirme, that here in this place is mente Germanie, France and Spayn, & beside the authoritie of their Rabbines, bring foorth nothing, wherby to proue their most vn­sauerie forgings. Abdias speaketh to the men that liued in his tyme, and maketh report of such things as myght serue for their Instruction, describing vnto them therwithal the enlarging of Christs kingdome. [Page 70] They shall possesse (sayeth he) the South, namely the mount of Esau, or Idu­mea, which is extended toward the south into stonie Arabia: Moreouer, The plain or fielde countrey of the Philistines: who euen vntill the tyme of Dauid, remay­ned vnsubdued or wylde, and after his death rebelled again. They shall also pos­sesse the fieldes of Ephraim, and the fiel­des of Samaria: that is: Whatsoeuer do­minions perteyned at any tyme, eyther to the Ephraimites, or to the kingdome of Samaria. Howbeit, Beniamin shall pos­sesse Gilead. By whiche place he foreshe­weth, that the puissance of the Israelites shall bée verie greate: yea euen in suche sorte, that the leaste Tribe shall haue that Lande in possession, whyche in ty­mes paste, all the Tribes bending theyr force together, could not be subdued with out muche laboure.

Moreouer, The armie of the children of Israell that shall retourne, that is to witte, the Ievves, whiche out of Babylon shall come agayne to theyr owne Coun­trey, shal possesse vvhatsoeuer belongeth [Page 71] to the Chananites, euen vnto Zarphat, which is a towne néere vnto Sidon, as by the historie of Helias dothe appeare. 1. Reg. 17.

And Hierusalem that shall returne, that is to saye, the men of Hierusalem, shal possesse vvha, soeuer is in Zepharad, e­uen the cities of the southe.

Now that Sepharad in the Babylonian toung signifieth a Border or bound, Hie­rome himselfe hathe lefte it in writing. Which if it be true, eyther there is no­ted hereby some place of the Babyloni­an kyngdome, or else the meanyng is, that from the borders of the Babyloni­ans, towarde the Southe, they shoulde haue all in possession, both long & brode.

But that these things also appertaine to the Kyngdome of Christe, the mat­ter it selfe dothe declare. For the Iewes after their retourne oute of Babylon, ne­uer stretched oute so farre the borders of their kyngdome. But the Apostles ac­cording as they were commaunded of Christ, began to preache in Sion, or Hie­rusalem, where as when persecution didde aryse, they as it were, deuided [Page 72] their armies, first possessed whole Iurie, and straightwaye entring into Samaria, brought it also vnto Christ. After that in­uaded they the parties of Sidon, and so greate was the force of the preaching of the Gospell, that it coulde not be kept in, no not with the sea, but it pierced also in­to the Isles, and into al parts of the whole worlde. And Paule béeing of the tribe of Beniamin, Rom. 15. within the space of a few yea­res, from Hierusalem, euen vnto Jllyri­cum, filled all places with the preaching of the Gospell.

Out of these thinges shineth foorth the excéeding mightie power of God, who by so fewe, and those but base mē, was hable so sodeinly to chaunge the whole face of the worlde: and therwithal also is repro­ued the miserable blockishenesse of this world, which when as it dayly beholdeth playne tokens of this mightie puissance, doth neuerthelesse not acknowledge the hand of God, and as yet is not afearde to stand vp in defence against the same. But great will be the price, that it shal pay for this boldnesse: As in the woordes follo­wing [Page 73] it shall bée declared.

For Abdias goeth on, The maner of the enlar­ging of Christs kingdome, and the go­uernemente of the same. and in few wor­des comprehending bothe the maner of the enlarging of Christes kingdome, and the gouernement of the same, sayth: Ther shall go vp sauiors vnto the mount Sion to iudge the mount of Esau: & the king­dome shall be the Lordes. Hée sheweth, that God will rayse vp some, who béeing armed with his power, shall restore the people into libertie againe, and defende them against the deceytfull entrappings of their enimies. These were (as tou­ching the historie of the Iewishe people) Zorobabel, Ezras, Nehemias, and such lyke, which wer captaines to the people in their returne, which also hauing buil­ded vp the Citie, erected a new common wealth. Howbeit, as cōcerning the king­dome of Chryst, this is truly also applied to the Apostles: who as elsewhere they are called the light of the worlde, for that they preached Christe (which is the true and only lighte of soules) so here they are adorned with the title of Sauiours, bicause they haue declared that Saluatiō, which [Page 74] thorough Christe lay holde of. In whiche respecte the man of Macedonia that ap­peared to Paule in a vision, sayd, Come and helpe vs. Act. 16. And truly went the Apostles vp into the mounte Sion, and iudged the mounte of Esau, when as at Hierusalem they receiued the holie ghost, who reproueth the worlde of sinne: Iohn. 16. and from that tyme haue diuulged the Gospel thorough out the whole worlde, wherein Christe the true iudge of the worlde is made manifeste, and according to whose sentēce in tyme to come, Math. 19. the whole world shall bée iudged. Yea the Apostles also shal hereafter sit with christ, to iudge the twelue tribes of Israel. By means of the gospel the kingdom of Christ is enlarged and mē are called to the felowship of sal­uation, yea they are saued in déed: whiche thing the words also of y e angel do testify, wheras he sayth to Cornelius: Call for Simon, vvhose syrname is Peter, vvho shal speak vnto thee words, vvherby both thou and thy vvhole house shal be saued. Act. 11. These things wel cōsidered, ought to excite vs to a loue and studie of Gods [Page 75] worde: least while we contemptuously disdaine and reiect it, we despoile our sel­ues of eternall saluation.

But lest any man should take occasion hereby, Christe the onely king. to attribute too much vnto the A­postles, in y e end he addeth: And the king­dome shal be the Lords, or shal belong to Iehouah. And thus doth he place them in the order of ministers, whō euen now he had called Sauiors: and constituteth God himself the head of this kingdome. How­beit, y e Christ is the head of the Church, all the scripture beareth record. Then must it néeds folow, that he is God. So y t now we haue an infallible & certain argument of the diuinitie of Christe, wherevpon we may stay our selues against the Iewes. For they themselues can confesse, y t this whole place must of necessitie be expoun­ded of the kingdome of Messias: & yet like blinde bussards, can not marke, that that king is renoumed with the title of Ieho­uah. Now, if y e kingdom be the Lords, ne­cessarily must al resort as disciples there­vnto: and so in déede shall the Churche bée lawfully appoynted, if Chryste alone [Page 76] may haue the preeminence, and al other be placed in an inferiour roomth, euen as ministers of the same. Whiche thing is then done, when as vnto Christe alone, are attributed all such things as concerne our saluation, in such sort as that he may be acknowledged the only teacher & ma­ster of the Churche, the only authoure of mannes saluatiō, the onely mediator and aduocate, and finally the onely sacrifice and satisfaction for our sinnes: agayn that all men maye submitte themselues vnto him, through the obedience of faith, which (as Paule in manie places dothe declare) is the ende of the preaching of the gospel. And hereto tendeth it, that Christ sayde vnto his disciples: Go your vvayes, and make disciples ( [...]) all nations, Matth. 28. baptising them in the name of the father, and of the sonne, and of the holie ghost, teaching them to obserue vvhatsoeuer I haue commaunded you. Which cōman­dement the Apostles had so great regard vnto, that they brought suche as were the auditours of their preaching to none o­ther, but God alone, through Christe: they [Page 77] also with very great diligence toke héede least any man through occasion of mira­cles that they wrought, should attribute vnto them more than was due: as in the examples of Peter and Iohn, Act. 3. &. 24 Paule and Barnabas is to be séen. So thē they offēd against the chiefe Principles of fayth, & the kingdome of Christ, as manie as ei­ther bring in sectes, wherby the vnitie of the Church is torne in sunder: or else ha­uing shaken off the yoke of christian Di­scipline, are carried with a blynde rage of affections, and giue them selues ouer to the guiding of the deuill.

Let these things suffise that are spoken vpon the Prophecie of Abdias, whiche setteth out before oure eyes a notable do­cumente, howe dearely God loueth hys Church: sith that with so great seueritie he reuengeth the Iniuries doone to the same. But aboue all, this is full of con­solation, that he forgetteth not his promi­ses, although now & then he suffereth his Church to be exercised, and tried with all kind of afflictiōs. He repaireth therfore y e kingdome of his Christ, least it shuld vt­terly [Page 78] fall to the grounde: and augmen­teth the same dayely with newe increa­sings. Wherfore staying our selues vpon this hope, let vs wrestle out through all aduersities with a constant Faithe, that in tyme to come wee may haue the frui­tion of the eternall ioye of his heauenlye kingdome, whiche Christe Iesus oure Lord hath prepared for those that beléeue in him: To whome belongeth thankesgiuing honor, glorie, & do­mynion for euer. AMEN.

The Homilies of Rodolph Gualter, a Ti­gurine, vpon the Prophet Ionas. The first Chapter.

The fyrste Homelie.

AND the vvoorde of the Lorde came vnto Ionas, the sonne of Amithay, saying: Aryse, and get thee to Niniue, to that greate Citie, and crye out agaynste it, for their vvyckednesse is come vp into my syghte.

ALthough there be not verie manie things men­cioned of Ionas in the scri­ptures, Of Jonas, & what tyme he prophe­cied. yet is it euidente by the sacred historie, that he was a Prophet of no small accompt, as by whome God woulde forshewe vn­to the Israelites that felicitie, whyche [Page 80] in the tyme of Ieroboam the second, they did enioye. For so is it written of Iero­boam: He restored the coastes of Israell from the entring of Hemath, vnto the sea in the vvyld fieldes accordyng to the vvorde of the Lorde, vvhich he spake by his seruant Ionas the sonne of Amithay; vvhiche vvas of Cath Hepher. By which place it may bée gathered, that hée pro­phecied in the tyme of the sayd king Ie­roboam, or at the least not muche before while Ioas his father reigned, when as the estate of the Israelites was manye wayes gréeuously afflicted, and had néede therefore greatly to be comforted. Neuer­thelesse, of his Sermons that hée made a­mong the Israelites, there is nowe none extant. The reason is, for that they wer not so néedfull for the Church, séeing that the things contained in them, may easily be sette other where oute of the writing of other Prophets, whiche taught in the same tymes, or verie lyke. But by the singular prouidence of God, is this booke of such things as he did among the Nini­uites reserued for al those that come after: [Page 81] the authoritie wherof, how great it ought to be among the godly, partly we learne euen of Christ his owne record, who con­fesseth, Math. 12. that his Death and Resurrection were foreshadowed by Ionas, partly also also it may appeare by the matter entrea­ted of therin, as wherin al things cōcurre together which may serue to the perfecte institution of Godlinesse, and Saluation of man.

For when among the Niniuites, The argu­ment and vse of this histo­rie. Sar­danapalus béeing dead, (who of the more auncient authors is called Tonosconco­leros) there was made some alteration of the estate of the kingdome, but no order taken for the reformation of maners, ma­nie (as they had accustomed while Sar­danapalus reigned) running still headlōg into all kinde of vngraciousnesse, euen to their owne destruction: God of his singu­lar grace sendeth forth Ionas, whose ser­uice he had before vsed among the Israeli­tes nowe vnto Niniue, that he might de­nounce vnto this most corrupt citie suche punishment, as nowe for the sinnes ther­of, was readie to fall on the same. But [Page 82] Ionas misdoubting some peril to himself, deuyseth to flée away, and hauing taken shipping, maketh haste to an other place. As he is fléeing, god attacheth him by the way, by whose prouidence it commeth to passe, y e to stil the tempest he is faine to be cast into the sea, & béeing there swalowed vp of a fishe of a monstrous bignesse, is thrée dayes after restored to drye land a­gayn. And béeing then become more obe­diente vnto God, he goeth through with that cōmaundement, which he was char­ged withal concerning y e Niniuites. They hauing once hearde the determination of God, fall to repentance, and so escape the punishment, that hoong ouer their heades.

Now wheras Ionas complayned vpon God for altering his former iudgemente or sentence, God rendreth him a reason why he so did. This is the summe of this whole historie, whiche if we search to the bottome, it shall well appeare, that what soeuer maye serue to the knowledge of God and of mannes saluation, is contei­ned therein. For as touchyng God, here shyneth foorthe his Fatherly goodnesse, [Page 83] whiche is extended euen to al nations, se­ing that he had a desire to haue the Ni­niuites called from destruction, euen at such tyme, as he aknowledged the Ievves. alone, as it were for his owne possession. There is also no lesse token of Gods Iu­stice, in that he so sharpely punished his seruant Ionas, for the breache of his com­maundement. It declareth moreouer his puissant power, wherby he hath the soue­raigne power ouer all the elements, yea euē ouer the whales lyuing in the depth of the sea. As concerning oure saluation, how farre our whole force is from béeing any thing at all, to the deseruyng of the same, it is apparant inough by Ionas, who plunged himselfe so far, that he coulde not be haled out againe, but by the myghtie hande of God. Which same thing also (it is moste certaine) hath happened to ma­nye other verie holie men. Neuerthe­lesse, to those also that are dismayd with the guyltinesse of their owne corrupti­on, is Christe here offered, whose death and Resurrection (béeing suche, as wher­in the Scriptures do euery where testifie [Page 84] al stay of our saluation to be reposed) was declared before to bée shadowed in this most euident figure.

In lyke sort, what ways we must vse for the embracing of this saluation, wée are taught by the example of these Ni­niuites. They beléeue Ionas, preaching the worde of GOD: and that they doe beléeue him, their spéedie and earnest re­pentance beare sufficient record. So fynd they God foorthwith fauorable vnto thē. As manie therefore as laye holde vpon Gods woorde with a true Faith, and ex­presse this their faith with amendement of life and conuersation, shall in like sorte as these dyd, make God at peace wyth them selues. For, that it is a generall thyng whiche happened vnto these Ni­niuites, euē the Lord himself in the eigh­tenth chapiter of Hieremie teacheth by these wordes: Sodeinly vvill I speake a­gainst a natiō, & against a kingdome that I vvill vvaste avvay, root out, and destroy it. And if that people, againste vvhome I haue thus deuised, turn from their vvic­kednesse, I vvill also repent of the plague [Page 85] that I had deuised to bring vpon them. And in an other place, If the vngodly wil turne avvaye from all his sinnes that hee hath done, and keepe all my commaun­dementes, and doe the thing that is equall and right: doubtlesse hee shall liue and not die &c. Ezech. 18. Nowe séeing that this booke of Ionas teacheth the same, and doth not onely confirme the promyses of God with a moste pleasant example, but also in the same setteth foorthe the true way of repentance, most profitable, yea and excéeding necessarie shall the know­ledge therof be vnto vs at this day, when as in this last corruption of the world, be­ing nowe in a manner past al hope of re­couerie, verie manifeste tokens of Gods indignation against vs are to be séene.

This béeing spoken by way of a Pre­face, let vs now come to the exposition of this booke: The booke of Jonas wan­teth a title. whose beginning herein diffe­reth frō the rest of the Prophets, for that it wanteth a title, wherwithal they do as it were, marke and seale their Sermons. To say the truth, as for this it neded none suche, séeing that it is not occupied about [Page 86] propheticall sayings, but rather about an historie. And peraduenture it is not much awrye, which some do iudge, being of the opinion, that this little booke was taken out of some greater historical worke, and so placed in héere. For this copulatiue coniunction And, sette in the fyrst fronte therof, seemeth to import some such mat­ter. And (sayeth it) The woorde of the Lorde came vnto Ionas, The calling of Jonas to goe to the Niniuites. the sonne of A­mithay, saying: Aryse, and gette thee to Niniue, to that greate Citie, and cry out agaynste it. &c.

In which words he toucheth two thin­ges. Fyrst, he declareth, that by the sin­gular or peculiar commaundemente of God, he was sente to Niniue, to preache there. Secondly, he reherseth the com­maundement worde by worde.

As touching the fyrst, it may not light­ly be passed ouer, that althoughe he had before tyme vsed the office of teaching a­mong the Israelites, yet now he receiueth an especiall precepte, wherby he is char­ged to get him to Niniue. For we are ad­monished by this example, that those [Page 87] which are laufully called to the ministe­rie of Gods woorde, maye not therefore at their owne pleasure gadde abrode eue­ry whither, and preache at all aduentu­res, where as they thinke good themsel­ues, in this or that place. For it is certain that among the ministers of the worde there are certaine degrées, and that all haue not receyued the dignitie to be as Apostles, preaching euery where. Looke the fourth chapter so the Ephesians: yea neither the Apostles themselues vnadui­sedly wandred where they listed, but ha­uing Gods spirite for their guide, him they folowed, who somtime wold not suf­fer thē to go, whereas else they wer min­ded: Act. 13. &. 16 as in the historie of Paule and Barna­bas we may read. These things serue to cōfute such as violently dare rush into all cōgregations without respect, and whiles they chalēge to thēselues authoritie ouer al, they do with their frowardnesse & sau­cinesse, set all very néer in disquet. Herein in times past offended y e heretikes, when as either in secret priuately, or otherwise openly they disturbed the cōgregations: [Page 88] whose footsteps at this day the Anabap­tistes tread in: which when as with good right they cannot be ministers of any one Churche, neyther yet haue any lawfull calling, do neuerthelesse take vpon them to preache in al places, and do vsurpe au­thoritie to speake, yea although the ordi­narie ministers be present themselues.

And in this behalfe we can not excuse the immoderate dissolutenesse of the Ro­mish prelates, who when as they are not so muche as teachers of the Churche of Rome, yet presumptuously title themsel­ues Shepheardes of the whole Christian flocke: and at their owne luste, ordeyne lawes, which all other Bishops must be enforced to obeye. Yet did Chrysostome long since blame Epiphanius, Loke Socra­tes in his .6. boke, and Chapter. 14. for that, him vnwitting, and his aduice not being demaunded, he had called a Synode at Constantinople, there to condemne the bookes of Origen: he also foreshewed vnto him y e punishmēt that he shuld vndergoe, for so disquieting y e Church, namely, that he should neuer come home againe aliue vnto his owne Bishoprike. But what [Page 89] would Chrysostome doe at this day, if he sawe what turmoyle the whole world is in, and how all congregations are in ma­ner torne asunder, by the rash headinesse of Prelates? Moreouer, by this example is reproued their vntrusty dealing, which sende oute the trustie Ministers of the Churche vnto Popishe Councels, and as­semblies of tyrantes, vnder a pretence of defending Religion, and that they them­selues may be rid of them, do as it were, lay them open to be rent in pieces of wol­ues, whyles that they enioyne them to shew a reason of their Faith and of their doctrine, in suche places, where as they know well ynough that truth can take no place. As for any suche thing as this is, wée can not reade, that euer the Godlye kings did it. For neyther whē Esay prea­ched against diuers nations, did Ezechias sende him foorth to them: neyther yet by the cōmandement of the kings of Israel, but by the authoritie of Gods own mouth became Ionas a messanger vnto the Ni­niuites. And if it be not lauful for the mi­nister to bidde the Congregation farewel, [Page 90] whyche is committed vnto his charge, much more may no man compell suche a one to departe, where as there is no vr­gent cause, bothe laufull, and also from God aboue.

The cōman­demente of God to Jo­nas.But let vs heare how God cōmandeth the Prophet: Aryse (sayth he) get thee to Niniue, to that great citie, and crye out agaynst it: for their vvickednesse is come vp into my sight. This commandement hath thrée partes. He is com­maunded to go vnto Ni­niue. The first telleth why­ther he must goe: namely to Niniue, that great Citie. It was the regall seate of the kings of Assyria, first founded of Assur (as Moyses maketh mention) in the fieldes of Aturia. For y e prophane writers are de­ceiued, which leaning too much to y e like­nesse of the word, wold ground thervpon that it was buylded of Ninus, when as rather it is named after the Hebrewe toung Niniue, which (being expounded) signifieth as much as Beautifull or plea­sant. And not only this booke beareth re­corde of the greatnesse therof, but also the Historiographers of the Heathen: who write, that it conteyned in circuite foure [Page 91] hundreth furlongs, and that it was com­passed or fensed with towers, to the nū ­ber of a thousande and fyue hundreth. Howe it excéeded in wealth, glorye, and strength, wée néede not to speake: sithe that the whole space of more than a thou­sande and thrée hundreth yeares it was the seate of the kings of Assyria, whose endeuour wanted not for the beautify­ing thereof all that whyle, with the spoy­les of the whole Easte. And to that ende woulde God call it greate, when hée gaue Ionas a commandement to preach there, for that after a sorte, by a kynde of pre­uentyng, he woulde ridde this Prophete oute of all feare. As thoughe hée shoulde saye: I knowe howe greate, how migh­tie, and howe famous Niniue is, yet will I haue thée go thither, and bée my prea­cher there: and as for the maiestie therof, suffer not thy self to be dismayd therwith &c. And surely this deuise of God deser­ueth not a little to be maruelled at, who ieopardeth to so notable a Citie, yea in déed to the whole monarchie of the Assiri­ans, Ionas being but one: whose authoritie [Page 92] although it were of some value in Israel, yet among alients and straungers from the religion of the Israelites, coulde be of no force at all. Howbéeit, the same which god here doth, was done oftētimes other­where also. Exod. 3. &c. So did he sette Moses béeing takē but frō the flocke, and now also a ba­nished man, againste Pharao, and all the enchaunters of the Egiptians. And Hie­remie, euen in his childhoode, is called to fight with the worde of God agaynst kin­ges, Princes, priests, and the whole peo­ple of the land. Of lyke sorte was the e­state of the Apostles, who béeing but ob­scure themselues, and vnskilfull of things before, were made able to matche not on­ly with men of their owne nation, but al­so with the Heathen Philosophers, and with the maiestie of the Romane empire it self. And it is the maner of God for the moste parte, to set foorth his worde to the world, by base and weake ministers, both to confound the hautynesse of the world, and also to teache vs, all respect of persons being layde aside, to depend vpon his au­thoritie alone.

[Page 93]Although there was in déede an espe­ciall cause of this ambassage, which Hie­rome did well espye, who writeth, that Ionas was sent to the Heathen, to the cō ­demnation of the people of Israel. For when as Prophetes many in number had nothing auailed among the Israelites by the space of many yeares, God would nowe set foorth an example of easy beléefe and obedience amongest the Heathen: whereby both the maiestie of his worde, and also the obstinacie of the Ievves now paste hope of reclaiming, mighte openly shew themselues. And that this is the vse of this example, Matth. 32. Christe doth declare where as he affirmeth, that in tyme to come, the Niniuites shall arise, and con­demne the Ievves. Moreouer, as these things comprehende in them a manifeste figure of the callyng of the Gentiles, so serue they also to instructe vs, that God shall neuer want such, as amongst whom his worde may bring forth frute, and by whose examples they maye bée condem­ned, whiche were wont to haue it in con­tempt and derision.

[Page 94] The goodnes of God to­ward sinnersBut chéefly the Fatherly goodnesse of God is here worthie the considering, a certain example wherof, is here sette before our eyes to beholde. For (as it shal be de­clared by and by) the horrible enormi­ties of the Niniuites were nowe growne vp to the full, and had of long since deser­ued to be cut of by the rootes. God might also haue executed punishemente vpon them, so that no man coulde haue taken occasion to complayne of his rigour, syth they had so filthily, euen agaynst the la­wes of Nature, abused the victories got­ten in so many ages. Yet dothe the mer­cyfull Lord moderate his fiercenesse, and in appoynting Ionas as an ambassadoure vnto them, giueth out this as a plain doc­trine, that he was desyrous rather to cor­recte and amende them, than vtterly to destroye them. Neyther did anye other thing moue him thervnto, (if we consider the Niniuites,) saue his owne naturall compassion and mercie, wherwith as we reade in the hundreth and third Psalme) as a father hath pitie vpon his own chyl­dren, euen so is the Lorde mercifull vn­to [Page 95] vs, and is not alwaye chyding with vs, seeing he knoweth our estate perfectly ynough. And the same that he wroughte among the Niniuites, we our selues haue in experience, both vniuersally to all, and priuately to euery one: for that it suffici­ently appeareth, how that God layeth his rodde vpon none, whom he hath not first called vnto repentaunce, by sundry war­nings going before. But so péeuishe and frowarde are wée naturally, that wée in a manner, eyther neglecte, or else hate all Admonitions, tyll the truthe of them is in dede confyrmed before oure eyes, not without our greate smart ad­ioyned to the same.

In the seconde parte of his comman­demente, He commandeth him to crie oute a­gainst Ni­niue. GOD telleth what hée will haue the Prophete to dee in Niniue, Crye oute (sayeth he) agaynste it. By thys woorde, Crye, he dothe not charge him to bestowe amongest them woordes of disturbaunce, as it is the maner of drunkardes, and raylers to doe: but he commytteth vnto hym the preachyng of his woorde, whereby fréely, playnely, [Page 96] and without all colour of flatterie, to de­noūce, what God hath determined to doe with them. So is Esay in his .58. chapter commaunded to open his throate wyde, and to lifte vp his voyce lyke a trumpet, that he myght shewe the people their of­fences, and the house of Iacob their sin­nes. Ezechiel also is willed plainly to ad­monishe the vngodly, least the bloude of them which perish in their owne sinnes, be required at his handes.

And that this may truly be put in bre, partely the nature of Gods worde giueth warning thervnto, which being it self the light and the truth, can awaye with no gloses of falshoode: partely the corruption of mans inclination enforceth the same, as whereby it commeth to passe, that ey­ther wée contemne this worde, or at the least, we thinke it toucheth not vs at all, vntill in verie déede it striketh oure myn­des and consciences within.

Here therfore are all ministers taught their duetie, namely, that fréely, and with open mouth (as they terme it) they pro­claime foorth the same word, which they [Page 97] haue receyued of God, and that they care nothing at all for their reasons, whiche thinke, that eyther wée must somewhat beare with the wealthy estate of the hea­rers, or else forecast with our selues what perill is lyke to ensue. For Ionas mighte haue layde for his excuse eyther of these two at this present, and so muche the ra­ther, for that béeing a stranger, he is sent from suche a people as was hated of all men, to those, which as they were of very great force, so did they stiffely mainteyne olde enmities with the people of God. He is sēt also, not as in times past Moy­ses was, furnished with miracles, wher­by he might win himselfe credite among prophane men, but hauing the bare word of God for his armure. Neyther is hée charged simply to vtter the same, but as it wer an enimie or an ambassador, brin­ging with him tidings of warre, to crye out against Niniue, and to proclaime vn­to delicate eares, and as yet vnacquainted with the worde of God, that heauie and intollerable decréed sentence: VVith­in fortie dayes shall Niniue be destroyed. [Page 98] No doubt, this was a painfull and a sore charge. For put the case, that some one of Germanie should be called of God him­selfe at this day to go to Rome, and there in the audience of the Bishoppes, Cardi­nals, Kings ambassadours, yea and the Pope himself, to make open denouncing of the same, how much (I beséeche you) shoulde his preaching auayle? or what credite wold be giuen to his talk among those men, whiche with suche hatred as can not be pacified, haue alreadie for the space of these fortie yeares, persecuted Germanie, and as yet doe persecute it, for no other cause, sauing only the light of the Truth now sprong vp therein.

But as touching oure Ionas, his case might séeme so muche the more wrapte in daunger, for that the force of Niniue was greter at that time, than is the force of the citie of Rome at this day, which, be­sides the dignitie of the name, and the de­cayed monuments of auncient buyldings hath nothing else lefte of hir former re­noume. And as for Ionas, he was not so dull headed, but y t he might vnderstād all [Page 99] these things: as in the next Homilie it shal he declared: yet neuerthelesse doth he hear God saying vnto him: Arise, get thee to Niniue, to that greate citie, & crye out a­gainst it. So now let all reasons be set a part, which some at this presēt dare vse, in commanding the preachers to silence. The cause of this cōman­dement is expressed.

But let vs heare y e cause of this cōman­demēt, which in this third part he expres­seth, saying: For their vvickednes is come vp into my sight. Therfore is y e Prophet cōmanded to crie out against Niniue, bi­cause the sinnes thereof did crie out vnto god, & did now with their stink, as it wer, reach vp to heauen. This is ment of their outragious abhominatiōs: As for exam­ple, their sheading of innocent bloud, op­pressing of the poore, detestable lustes, and such lyke. So is it sayde, that Abels bloud cried out againste Cain, to God for vengeāce: and the horrible wickednesses of the Sodomites came vp to the sight of God. So doth the hire of the laborers by fraud kept back, cry vnto y e lord. Deu. 24. The sinnes of the Ni­niuites. Al which sinnes were to be found among the Niniuites. For they had enlarged the [Page 100] boundes of their Empire, by much bloud­shed, they had oppressed innumerable na­tiōs and people, and being enriched with the welthie spoyles of others, they waxed proude, gaue themselues to voluptuous­nesse, & ruled al things according to their wicked luste. They had besides all this, stayned themselues with vsuries, decey­tes, false iugglings, superstitions, & wor­shippings of Idols, moreouer with curi­ous and Magicall artes: wherwith, that the inhabiters of the Easte partes were thoroughly acquaynted, it appeareth by histories. But this was it, whiche filled vp the measure of their sinnes, that being made drunken with fortune, and famous by reason of victories, they also thoughte the immortall Gods were delited wyth these their vayne fansies. Yea, scarcely would they acknowledge themselues pol­luted with any sinne at all.

Hytherto God had borne wyth these their vices, not bycause he had lyking in them, but for that he woulde vse their ty­rannie as a meane, wherby to correct the iniquities of others (in whiche respecte, [Page 101] God calleth the king of Assyria, Esay. 10. the rodde of his wrath) and bicause he was minded by them to shewe foorthe vnto the whole world a most euidēt example, both of his goodnesse, and also of his iustice. But now when as things grewe dayly woorsse and worsse, he declareth, that their wickednes is come vp before him, and therfore com­mandeth Ionas to proclaime open warre against them, yea to denounce that verie destruction, which by their so great offen­ces, they had deserued.

Howbeit, The mise­rable estate of the sinfull. here doth offer it selfe to our consideration, the miserable and vnhap­pie condition of wicked men. The Nini­uites liue nowe in securitie, and please themselues, by reason of suche victories as they haue obteined: and in so great a­bundance of welth they applie their min­des to iolitie and voluptuousnesse: neither can they be persuaded, that any such perill might happen, as whereby their felicitie mighte be disturbed, yea though it were but for a season. And certainly, ther was no nation, which durst be so bold as to at­tempt any hostilitie againste that Citie, [Page 102] béeing the ladie of the whole East. Yet is their estate layd open to greater danger, than if all the people of the East partes had conspired togither against them.

But whereof aryseth this daunger? e­uen for that their sinnes were ascen­ded vp into Goddes sighte, and did nowe with their crye craue for his vengeance. For whyles they take their pleasure, and rouze vp themselues for pryde, other na­tions innumerable byte on the brydle for want, and béeing oppressed with their in­tollerable yoke, make their cōplaint vn­to the Lorde. The widdowes lamente for their husbandes that the Niniuites haue slain, the fatherlesse childrē mourne for their parentes that are lost, the stran­gers that are scattered here and there, be­wayle their miserable estate, béeing now by them dryuen oute from theyr natiue countrey, and possessions: So many al­so, as béeing eyther beguyled wyth the craftie wyles of the Vsurers, or béeing vndone by the wrongful sentences of the Iudges, haue loste theyr goodes, make pi­teous outcries of their hard chaunce.

[Page 103]To these complayntes the Niniuites giue deafe eares, and so the worlde may goe well with them, little regarde they, what calamities other susteyne. But in the meane season, there liueth and reig­neth a iust God, who (as he had often pro­mised) had of long since heard these com­playnts of the widowes, orphanes, stran­gers, and all others that were afflicted: and had now decréed to reuenge the iniu­ries done vnto them, with the destructi­on of the whole citie, and that within for­tie dayes. And nowe iudge you, whether they coulde haue bene in more mysera­ble case, than euen at suche tyme, when as of all men liuing they thought them­selues the happiest.

The same that is héere mencioned of the Niniuites, let euery one applie to him selfe, both priuately and generally, and men shall streightway vnderstande, that they haue no iust cause to be voluptuous in them selues, or cruell to others: al­though they séeme neuer so fortunate, by reason of their huge wealth, victories, or peace, that hath continued many yeares. [Page 104] Yea lette them rather déepely ransacke their owne consciences, and weigh, whe­ther any cryes, eyther of them, or against them, goe vp vnto the Lorde: and if they espye any such thing, let them turne vn­to God, calling for his mercie, submitting themselues to his gouernance, and wyth true faith embracing saluation, which he offreth in his sonne Christ Iesu, to whom belongeth thankesgiuing, honour, glorie, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The second Homelie.

AND Ionas arose to flee vnto Tharsis from the presence of the Lorde, and gat him dovvne to Iop­pa, vvhere he found a shippe readie to go vnto Tharsis. So he payed his fare, and vvente aboorde, that hee might goe vvith them vnto Tharsis, from the presence of the Lorde. But the Lorde hurled a great vvinde into the sea, and ther vvas a mighty tem­pest [Page 105] in the sea, so that the shippe see­med, as thoughe it had gone in pie­ces. Then the mariners vver afrayd, and cryed euery man to his god: and the goodes, that vvere in the shippe, they cast into the sea, to lighten it of them. But Ionas gat him vnder the hatches, vvhere he layd him dovvne and slept. So the maister of the ship came to him, and sayde vnto hym: VVhat doest thou thou sluggarde? Vp, call vpon thy God, if God (hap­pily) vvil think vpon vs, that vve pe­rish not.

THe Prophete Amos sayth, that the Lorde God doth no manner of thing, but he telleth his secrete before, vnto his seruants the Prophets. And to this end reuealeth he it, not that they shoulde reserue vnto themselues the same, whiche they haue learned by reuelation from him, or that they should be idle, and nourish their cu­riositie [Page 106] with a vain knowledge of thinges to come: but that by threatning of pla­gues, they might wake them vp to repē ­tance: whiche haue alreadie before pro­uoked the indignation of God, by meane of theyr sinnes. And many places of the Scripture are to be séene, whyche doe menace Gods gréeuous Iudgement vn­to the Ministers of his woorde, yf eyther for the loue of the worlde, or feare of pe­rill, or any other affections, they be dra­wen awaye, to neglecte their duetie. For it is sayde to Ezechiel: If thou giuest not the vngodly vvarning, he shall perishe: but his bloud vvill I require at thy hand. Ezech. 3. And Paule spake thus of him­selfe: VVoe vnto me, if I preache not. 1. Cor. 9. An euident exāple of this mat­ter is presently sette before vs, The argu­ment and vse of this pre­sent place. to behold. For god sendeth forth Ionas to threaten y e Niniuites with the destruction now rea­die to lighte vpon them, and he refusing his charge, taketh in hande to flée: but so little doth it auayle him, that thereby he bringeth bothe himselfe, and many other to present daunger of death.

[Page 107]Nowe althoughe this example chéefly appertayneth to the minysters of Gods worde, yet doth it therwithall instruct all men, of whatsoeuer place or degrée, to learne, howe gréeuous an offence it is, to forsake the vocation, whervnto they are called of God. Which, that we may the better vnderstande, we will view euery portion of thys place in order as it stan­deth.

The fyrst parte conteyneth in it a de­scription of the déede of Ionas, Jonas fleeth from the pre­sence of God. who ha­uing heard the commaundement of God, ariseth immediatly to flee vnto Tharsis from the presence of the Lorde. Howe­beit Ionas was not so dull headed, as to thinke, that he could be hidden from the syghte of GOD, whome euen oute of the Psalme. 139. hée myghte haue lear­ned to be presente euery where, where as it is written: VVhyther shall I goe from thy Spirite? or vvhyther shall I goe from thy presence? Yf I clymbe vp into Heauen, thou arte there: And yf I shall make my bedde in the Hell, thou arte there also. &c.

[Page 108] Deute. 10.But as the Leuites, and other that serue the Lord, are sayd to stande before him: so are they also named to flée from the presence of God, which haue a mynde to withdraw themselues from his obediēce. This was also (as it may euidentely ap­pere) the same which Ionas went about: lith that to the ende he might be altoge­ther ridde of his Propheticall office, hée prepareth to departe out of the boundes of the lande of Israell, which God had ap­pointed to be the place, whereas he would be worshipped. By this meanes liued he in hope, y t now since he abode in an other place, God wold make no great inquirie after him: he is minded to flée into Thar­sis, of the whiche worde there are diuers opinions among interpreters. For some therby do simplie meane the sea: whiche séemeth to haue ben so named of Thar­sis, the son of Iauan, whome, with his bre­thren, Gen. 10. Psal. 45 72. Esay. 2 and 23. &c. Moyses writeth to haue inhabited the Isles of the sea: in whiche sense, the kings of Tharsis are taken for those that belong vnto the Isles: and the shippes of Tharsis for those that pertain to the seas. [Page 109] But bicause the letter, He, is added in the ende, which is a token vsed in signifying mouing, or going forthe to some speciall place: and bicause it hath no lykelyhoode, that Ionas béeing a graue man, and other­wise circumspecte in his dealings, would so commit himselfe to the sea, as not kno­wing where to become: I leane rather to their iudgement, whiche thinke, that here is ment some certaine place. Some take it to be Carthage or Tunise. some o­ther Cilicia, with whom I also agrée, both by reason of the often méetings betwéen the Jewes and the Cilicians, by meanes of their néere neighborhood, and also for that Tharsis is numbred among the chief ci­ties of Cilicia, and is commended of pro­phane writers for the famousnesse of the schoole, and is accōpted in the holy Scrip­ture notable, for Paules sake, who tooke his beginning thereoute. And it is cer­tain, that Ionas directed his iourney clean contrarie Westward, being bidden to go vnto Niniue, whiche hath hir situation in the East. But leauing these things, lette vs rather discusse Ionas his fact, and what [Page 110] causes draue him to take it in hande.

Jonas by fleeing offen­ded verye greeuously.As touching his facte, some there bée that woulde excuse it, and to that effecte cloake it straungely with certaine alle­gories. But what néed therfore any such excuse to be made, séeing that bothe God hymselfe pursueth after him, béeing a fu­gitiue, and Ionas also, for his owne parte confesseth that he hath offended. And tru­ly, if we will somwhat narowly weighe the matter, it shall easyly appeare, that this trespasse of his hath many branches.

For fyrste of all, he denyeth obedience vnto God, and so offendeth agaynst the chiefe principle of true godlinesse, which straightlye commaundeth all the senses of the fleshe, yea and reason also it selfe, to become subiect vnto the worde of God, thorough obedience of Faithe, and from the sayde woorde to bende, neyther to the righte hande, nor to the lefte. Deu­tero. 28. Moreouer, least he shoulde be en­forced to get him to Niniue, he shameful­ly shaketh of his function, whiche he be­fore had exercised in y e land of Israel. Be­sides this, he hath too too fond an opinion [Page 111] of God, supposing that the fulfilling of his commaundements, or the punishmentes due to the transgressors therof, may be a­uoyded by fléeing away. He doth also sin agaynste charitie, sith he mindeth not to call them backe from destruction, whome God by meane of his preaching, was de­sirous to bring to repentaunce. Euen as though he played the parte of an vntru­stie ambassadoure, that giueth them no warning, ouer whom present daunger is imminent, and that from their king, vn­lesse they make him satisfaction.

And here is apparantly set foorth howe great the corruption of mans wisdom is: séeing these, which are no meane or smal faultes, could fynd restyng place in him y e was so holie a seruant of God. The like examples also we haue experience of in Noe, Loth, Moyses, Aaron, Dauid, Peter the Apostle, and infinite others, whiche in the middest of diuers notable feates y e they had wrought, yea euen after many trauayles that they had manfully ouer­come, at length eyther were vanquished by impacience, and so gaue ouer, or [Page 112] finally stayned their names with moste horrible offences. This commoditie let vs take by them, that we despaire not, if any thing shall in like sorte happen vnto vs, after the fashion of men: And let vs yet in the meane season, watche continu­ally against the deceytfull baytes of the fleshe, and the deuill: hauing the truste, and hope of our Saluation, reposed in the grace of God only, who hathe appointed Christe Iesus, to be our satisfaction and righteousnesse. 1. Cor. 1.

The causes which enfor­ced Ionas to flee.As concerning the causes that droue Ionas to this attempt, there is no doubte but they were bothe many and dyuers: syth that, in suche commaundements as God giueth, whiche are more subiecte to danger, many things méete togither that plucke vs away from the dutie of obedi­dience.

First of all, it séemeth a new and vn­wonted thing, that a Prophet shoulde be sent foorth out of the land of Israel, to go to the Gentiles, yea it séemed altogether disagréeing from that prerogatiue wher­by God had graunted the plentyfuller [Page 113] knowledge of the lawe, and of his will, vnto the Iewes alone. The places are not vnknowne: Truly God is knovven in Ievvrie, his name is greate in Israell. Psal. 76. & 147. And againe, He shevveth his vvord vnto Iacob: his statutes and ordinaunces vnto Israel. And that of Moyses: Deut. 4. Onely is this great nation a vvise and vnderstandyng people. Wée knowe moreouer, that the Ievves greately aduauncing themselues vpon this their prerogatiue, did so muche disdayne all other nations, that euen af­ter they had receiued the holy Ghost, the very Apostles stode in doubt, whether the Gospel shuld be preached vnto them, and therfore was it requisite, that Peter shuld by a peculiar vision be instructed of thys matter. Act. 10.11. No maruel was it then, if it séemed straunge vnto Ionas hearing himself alone to be sent in message to the Gentiles. Furthermore it is certain, that feare and mistrust were stops vnto him: whiche same also might growe of diuers causes. He perceiued that he had done lit­tle or no good at all hitherto, among the Israelites, for, howe great the corruption [Page 114] was, while Ieroboam reigned, the ser­mons of Hoseas and Amos beare suffi­cient recorde. What hope could he then conceiue of prophane people? Again, let the matter fall out howsoeuer it should, he séemed euen layde open to daunger. For if the Niniuites beléeue not his preching, vndoubtedly he must eyther be slayne, or else with ignominie and reproche, vni­uersally of them all, be driuen out of the countrie: If they beléeue and amende, God will vndoubtedly spare them béeing once turned vnto him: so shoulde Ionas be accounted a lying Prophet, and per­haps, lose muche of his authoritie among the Israelites. And truly, that this thought came into his mynde, his owne testimo­nie will afterward declare.

By this example wée are admonished howe hurtfull a thing it is to admitte in­to counsel the reasons of the flesh, against the commaundements of God. For these being almost contrarie to the affections of the fleshe, easyly will it fynde out occa­sions wherby to cast of the gouernement of God. For that whiche here hapned to [Page 115] Ionas, it is euident, that it happened also to Moses and Ieremie, when they were firste called of the Lorde. And at this day, this one thing in a manner maketh both the ministers of Gods congregatiōs, graue Senators, and also mightie Prin­ces vnmindfull of their office, and negli­gente in executing thereof, for that they measure the commandements of God, by their owne reason, hauing respect, rather how the world is enclined, than how god hath willed. Let vs therfore being taught by the examples of so great men, learne to doe our duetie: and as for the successe, leaue it vnto God, who will neuer fayle those, that employ their trauayle in such vocation as he hath called them vnto.

In the second part is declared, God stoppeth Ionas as he is fleeing. how god méeteth him by the way as he is fléeing. He hurled a great vvinde into the sea, and there vvas a mightie tempeste, so that the ship vvas in ieopardie of going in pieces. So then god is y e author of tempests, who ruleth both the sea and y e winds. Which thyng the Gentiles partely acknowled­ged, when as they imagined Eolus to be [Page 116] lord ouer the windes, and Neptune ouer the sea. But more fitly doe the Scriptu­res put all these thinges vnder the domi­nion of one God, who gouerneth all thin­ges, without any petie gods to come and ayde him. Suche was the violence of this tempeste, that it enforced the maryners to make inquisition for the cause thereof, and to caste Ionas into the sea, as in con­uenient place it shall be declared.

Let vs now take foorth this lesson: how vain y e counsels of men be, wherby they would deuise with themselues to escape the hande of God. In good soothe, Ionas fléeth without the borders of his coūtrey, and hauing bidden the dry land farewel, he is carryed thorough the open sea: yet can he not, for all this, ridde him selfe out of Gods handes, who gouerneth both the sea, the windes, and also the fishes (as af­terward it shall appeare) and pulleth him backe againe, whether he will or no. Yea while Ionas fléeth one peril, he plungeth himselfe into many other, that are more gréeuous. The lyke also haue wée expe­rience of in oure selues: neyther is there [Page 117] any thing more common, than that they are in greate ieopardie for their sinnes, whiche would faine shake of all laboures and perils, that of right they shuld vnder­goe for the name of God. But how great fooles and wretches are we, that take no regard to marke these things, or else soone forgette them?

This nowe is worthie especially to be noted, that for Ionas sake beeing but one, For Ionas sake alone many are in danger. God wrappeth in so greate a danger the rest also of the passingers & mariners, & besides that, other shippes also, whereof it is lyke, there were greater store in the same sea. For whereas the Ievves saye, that the other safely passed ouer, I do vt­terly reiect it, Obiection. as a thing being impudent­ly forged. Some man will say peraduen­ture, that they were vniustly punished, who were altogether ignorāt of the wic­ked fact that Ionas had cōmitted, and had receiued him into their companie for no­thing else, but eyther for humanities sake or else to make their gain greater (which gaine also swarued not from the listes of honestie. Solution.) Howbeit God doth no man in­iurie, [Page 118] as whose Iudgementes are righ­teousnesse and truth. Nowe although at this present, in causing of this tempeste, God had regarde especially to this ende, therby to punishe the disobedience of Io­nas, & by a meane of calling backe, to hin­der this fugitiue of his iorney, yet might the mariners and other passengers ap­ply no small frute therout to themselues: amongst whom some [...]owed with vices; whiche ought thus to be corrected, some others fayth was this waye to be exerci­sed and tried: and finally, this example was a notable encouragement vnto god­linesse to them all. Moreouer, the know­ledge of God, which by this occasion shi­ned vnto them more cléerely, than it dyd before, made bountifull recompence for all the losse that they suffered of their goo­des and merchandise. And if is a plaine case, that in like examples the same rea­son is thoroughly to be marked, least we [...] ouer boldly againste God. Be­sides that, wée are taught by this experi­ment, howe daungerous a thing it is, to keepe companie with them that striue a­gainst [Page 119] the will of God: and how heinous­ly they sinne, whiche are ayders to suche as enterprise any thing againste Goddes minde. Ios. 7. For the sacrilegious and rash at­tempt of Achan beeing but one, all the Is­raelites were in daunger. So here for Io­nas cause alone, are they also in ieopardy, whiche knewe nothing at all of the tres­passe that he had committed. What shall then become of such, as giue their assent to the deuises of the wicked, or (which is more) shoulder the same foorth with their authoritie? What shall they also looke to bee rewarded with, who, when as they might departe from vngodly and super­stitious menne, doe notwythstandyng disobey. Goddes commaundement here­in, and all for thys cause, leaste they should eyther incurre the enuie of others, or else susteyne some losse of their owne substance?

But let vs passe ouer to the third part of this place, wherin is set out, what both Ionas and also the Mariners, Ionas being in danger sleepeth. together wyth the reste of the passengers dyd in this so great peril. Wheras first we haue [Page 120] to speake of Ionas. Hée had gotten hym down vnder the hatches, and there being heauie as it were with a dead sléep, gaue himself to rest. It may be thought a thing woorthie the wondring at, that neyther the giltinesse of his sinne, as yet freshe in memorie, nor the wearinesse of sayling whervnto he was not accustomed, nor yet the roughnesse of the tempest now alredy risen, could shake of his sléepe. Howbeit, suche is the nature of sinne, that it ma­keth vs carelesse, and vnmyndfull of all daunger, if we haue once passed ouer the first feare, wherewithall we were trou­bled for a while. Ionas feared nothing but Niniue, and hauyng forsaken his natiue countrey, he iudgeth himselfe nowe in safetie: as for Gods séeking after him, it is the furthest ende of his thoughte: and therfore as though the matter were very wel brought to passe, he frameth himselfe to sléepe. The very lyke thing may wée espie in Dauid, who hearing that Beth­sabe was great with chyld by meanes of his accompanying with hir, by and by is striken with a feare to runne in infamie, [Page 121] and deuiseth howe to cloke it: And when as Vrias béeing first slain, he had fetched hir home big with child, forthwith, al fear being layde apart, carelesly he sluggeth, & snorteth in vnlaufull lustes, vtterly vn­mindful both of God, & Gods vengeance, till that he is waked vp by Nathan, and together with the filthinesse of his horri­ble fact, espyeth also the danger, which by reason therof was readie to fal vpon him. And suche lyke shal they fynde themsel­ues, as many as will thoroughly viewe their consciences within.

Here therfore may we beholde, howe deadly a thing it is to be in bondage vnto sinne, which bréedeth such a securitie, as wherin we haue no choyse but to perish, vnlesse wée be raysed vp by the myghtie hand of God. Therwithall also brightly shineth forth his care ouer vs, who when as we are a sléep, is waking, & stretcheth out his hād by his word, or else by some secrete inspyrings of his Spirit, wherby he maye shake of this deadly sléepe from vs. It shall bée oure partes to acknow­ledge the same care of his, and not to take [Page 122] it gréeuously, if at any tyme he séemeth to call, or speake vnto vs more roughly, thā we thinke méete: as here it happened to Ionas, whome the mariner waketh, not without giuing him a taunte for his slee­ping. Let vs rather remember our owne slouthfulnesse, & iudge our selues to haue deserued suche reproofe, and shaking of the olde man, let vs turne oure selues to the true workes of godlynesse.

The mari­ners call vp­on diuers Gods.But what do the mariners? It is sayd firste, that they were in greate feare. So then it was no cōmon and vsual tempest, but such a one, as wherein they acknow­ledged a certaine singular worke of God. Afterward they vnlade the ship. At lēgth when as, by assaying all these meanes, they coulde nothing preuaile, the gouer­nor of the shippe, whose chiefe care was then occupied about the ankor or topsaile rayseth vp Ionas with a checke, and wy­sheth him to crie aloud vnto his God also.

A man maye see here all things full of tumulte and hurlie burlie, wherein thys one thyng yet deserueth some commen­dation, that all the sparkes of Goddes [Page 123] knowledge are not vtterly quenched, but they call for his ayde, and so confesse, that there is some God, in whose handes is the dominion not only of lande and sea, but also of lyfe and death▪ And by thys their example we are verie well taught, what maner of religion they haue, which béeing destitute of the worde of God, are ledde by carnall reason. For euen by the lawes of nature, and by common sense, there is some knowledge of the maiestie of God graffed in the vnderstandings of men, whereby it commeth to passe, that when any extreme daunger of life happe­neth, euen they also, who before had all religion in contempt, do now make haste to call vpon God. But bicause that natu­rall man, 1. Cor. 2. which is directed by the onely lighte of reason ingendred in him, per­ceyueth not those things whiche belong to the spirite of God, and for that the flesh being bent onely to outward things, sée­keth vnto it selfe suche a God as is also visyble and corporally at hande. Héere­of aryseth it, that euery one according vnto hys owne choyce, doothe feygne [Page 124] vnto himself manie goddes: and bicause it séemeth a thing impossible to the flesh, that one should be sufficient for all things which are done in the worlde, they doe (as much as in them lyeth) diuide the es­sence of God into a multitude of goddes, assigning euery one their proper offices, euen as they perceyue the world to con­sist of diuers partes, and men to be ruled by sundry chaunces. Hereof sprong vp among the Gentiles that multitude of goddes, which in these later ages grewe in force also among the Christians, while they fondely imagined, that the Sainctes had the gouernance of the sea, of the syre, of the lande, of tempests, diseases, artes, and handycraftes, yea and besydes all this, Patrones and reuengers of men, Howbeeit suche kynde of men, howe e­gregiously they bewraye themselues e­uen by theyr owne dooings, wée maye take a present viewe. These here men­tioned make their sute to many goddes, and euery one thinketh his owne God of greater force than the reste. But there is neuer a one, that is able to succoure [Page 125] them in this their daungerous estate: yet continue they of this mynde, that there is a God, to whose authoritie all thinges are obediente: and bicause they stande in doubte, whether it bée Ionas GOD or no, they will hym to come foorth, and assay what his God can doe. Aryse (saye they) call vpon thy God, yf happily he vvill shyne vpon vs, that is, shewe himself gladsome and fortunate and mercifull vnto vs, that wée perishe not. We can easily marke, how foolish­ly this was spoken of an Heathen man: & sauing onely, that the names are chan­ged, there is no difference in the dealin­ges of the Papacie: whilest in one and the same distresse, one calleth vpon the virgin Marie, another vpon Barbara, the thirde vpon Christopher, the fourthe vpon Nicholas: Many also, if they doe but espie a Church a farre off, make their petition to the Sainct of the same, whose name they thēselues cānot tel what it is.

There is also an other sorte, who when as there is no danger, for the which they shoulde be troubled, as they are about to [Page 126] dispose themselues to prayer, stande in a mammering, to whiche of the Sainctes they shoulde dedicate their Prayers and vowes: or whom they may fyrst call vp­pon: béeing afrayde, least if any Saincte were neglected or not placed in so good a roomth as were méete, he would be an­grie, and take the matter gréeuously a­gainste them: as the Poets doe fable of Diana, and the residue of their Goddes.

But this is a sounde argumente, that there is a true and one onely God, for as muche as we sée, howe that men are ne­uer at rest (although they make inuocatiō to infinite Goddes or Sainctes,) tyll they haue layde holde vpon that onely God, who hathe reuealed himselfe vnto vs in his sonne Iesus Christe.

Lette vs then be myndefull of these thinges, and reuerence him alone, apply­ing oure selues to that vocation, whervn­to he hath called vs, least whyle we pra­ctise to auoyde it, wée purchase plagues vpon oure owne heades. Yet if at any tyme it so happeneth, let vs at the least take warning, by the inconueniences [Page 127] and perilles to retourne vnto hym, cal­ling vpon hym alone, thoroughe Iesus Christe oure Sauiour: to whome belon­geth thankesgiuing, honour, glorie, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The thirde Homelie.

AND euery one said vnto his fel­lovve: Come on, lette vs caste lots, that vve may knovv for vvhose cause vve are thus troubled. And so they cast lotts, & the lot fel vpon Io­nas. Then said they vnto him: Tel vs, how come vve by this trouble? what is thine occupatiō? from whence cō ­mest thou? what coūtrymā art thou? and of vvhat nation? He ansvvered them: I am an Hebrue, & I feare the Lorde God of heauen, which made both the sea & drie land. Then were the men excedingly afrayd, and said vnto him: VVhy diddest thou so? (for they knevve that he vvas fledde [Page 128] from the presence of the Lorde, bi­cause hee had tolde them) and sayd moreouer vnto him: VVhat might vve doe vnto thee, that the Sea may ceasse from troublyng vs? (for the sea vvroughte, and vvas troublous) He ansvvered them: Take me, and caste mee into the sea: so shall it lette you bee in reste: for I vvote, it is for my sake, that this great tempest is come vpon you.

The argu­ment and vse of this pre­sent place. AS God shewed forth a singular token of hys goodnesse in sending Ionas to the Niniuites, that by his preaching they might be called backe from destruction, so haue we in Ionas, a notable shewe of mannes corruption. For as hée perceyuing the commaundemente of God ioyned wyth some daunger, taketh in hande to flée, be­ing neyther touched with a reuerence of God, nor with the miserie of this Citie [Page 129] nowe like to perishe: Euen so also ma­ny, bicause they would prouide for their owne priuate cōmoditie and estimation, carelesly neglect both the calling of God, and the saluation of others. And truely, what infortunate successe foloweth suche deuises, the example of Ionas may suffi­ciently instructe vs. It is not long since we sawe, how that he coulde not escape the handes of God, who pursued after him, bothe with a wynde, and also with a tempest, whiche as it was sodaine, so it was not after the common sort. Now fo­lowe gréeuouser things than the former were, namely, howe he is founde oute of the mariners, and compelled not only to confesse his horrible facte, but also to giue sentence of death against himselfe.

The frute that wée (as otherwhere I haue admonished) must gather hereof, is this: to submit our selues wholly to God, when he calleth, The mari­ners seke af­ter the au­thoure of the tempest by lottes. least otherwise we heap mischieues vpon our owne heades.

Fyrst of all, here are brought foorth the mariners, who when as nowe they vn­derstoode, that this tempest came not of [Page 130] ordinarie causes, but beside all expecta­tion of man, perceyuing also, that they coulde nothing preuayle by calling vpon any God, they easily gather, that God is offēded, and therfore causeth the same: they are desirous also to know who it is, whome God chaseth thus in his displea­sure. And here is an euident proofe of the presumptiō and wanhope of man. There are many which in generall punishmen­tes can acknowledge, that God is displea­sed, and sendeth them for sinnes: but ve­rie fewe are there, that accompt themsel­ues in the numbre of those, whiche haue deserued the same by their heynous offē ­ces. For men are wonte to flatter them­selues in their owne defaultes: neyther can they bée persuaded, that they are so odious in Gods sight, as that he wil send any vniuersall Plagues for the same. Wherby it commeth to passe, that why­lest they fall to inquiring after the causes of these euils, in the lyfe and maners of other men, they neglect their owne euill doings, supposing themselues altogither without faulte.

[Page 131]And this verie same error draue these men thereto, that they coulde easyly giue their consentes, for the searching oute of him that was the author of this so great distresse, bicause euery one amōgst them persuaded himselfe, that he for his owne parte was giltlesse in the matter. They purpose now to haue the tryall made by lottes, whereof wée knowe, there was bothe greate and manyfolde vse among the men of olde tyme.

Homere sheweth, that he was chosen by a lotte, whiche shoulde kéepe the con­flicte with Hector. Among the Romai­nes it was a custome, to haue the gouer­nement of the prouinces graunted out by lottes. And this manner of dealing by lottes, (as it is mente in thys place,) is suche an action, as wherein matters are soughte oute by a kynde of diuyne to­ken: and the vse thereof concerne the thynges not onely paste, but also pre­sente, and to come. The kyndes and wayes are sundrie, of the whiche, thys place serueth not to intreate. This rather let vs marke, that of lots some are lauful, [Page 132] other some are vnlaufull. Those are lau­full, whiche in a cause necessarye to bée knowne are vsed religiously, with a de­sire to haue peace preserued. Prour. 16. and .18. And this vse doth Salomon commende, wheras he say­eth, that the lottes pacifie variances, and appease the stubborne. He witnesseth al­so, that their successe hangeth vpon God. This kind of lottes did Iosua put in vre, when he distributed the land. And by the same did Samuel draw foorth Saule to the kingdom, 1. Sam. 10. whō he alredie knew to be elec­ted thervnto of God. In lyke maner the Apostles committed al the matter by lots vnto the Iudgemente of God, Acts. 1. when they were mynded to appoynte another vnto Iudas roomthe. Neither deserue they to bée cōdemned, which at this day in y e diui­sion of inheritances, and election of magi­strates, or ministers, practise this kind of lots. Howbeit then is the vsing of them more daungerous, when as triall is had for offenders, that they may receyue con­digne punishment: and then in very déed must they not be vsed at all aduentures, vnlesse it so be, that God commaundeth: [Page 133] as at whose bidding Iosua was stirred vp by lottes to attache Achan, that had com­mitted sacriledge. Vnlawfull lottes are suche, as whereby curious men take in hande to searche oute thinges that they haue nothing to doe withall, by vnlaw­full artes. Such maner of men do great­ly offende, and shall in tyme to come pay the price for their rashe foole hardinesse.

As touching this historie that we haue in hand, it is credible, that these Heathen men, who a little before called vpon sun­drie goddes, did nowe also interlace some Superstition in the vsing of their lottes, which notwithstanding, God did neuer­thelesse direct, bicause it was expediente, that Ionas should be taken tardie.

And here yet may we take this warning by the way, that superstitious crafts can not be excused, although nowe and then the truth of a matter may be knowne by their meanes. For as God by dreames admonyshed Pharao, Nabuchodonosor, and many other of thinges afterwarde to come, so applying himself to their weake capacitie, and yet expressely forbiddeth [Page 134] his faithfull to beléeue dreames: so dothe he also somtymes by his iust iudgement, giue leaue to soothsayers, and workers by lottes, truely to declare the euents of thinges, and other matters whereof they are demaunded: partly, for that it is pro­fitable, yet at the leaste, to haue them knowne by some meanes: partly, that as it were with a bayte, they may be fedde with strong illusion, which haue already determined in their myndes, rather to giue credite to wicked spirites, than to his owne worde. So dothe God at thys present, moderate and order these mens lottes, by this occasion both to bring Io­nas forth into lighte, and also by authori­tie of this punishment executed vpon him to ridde the other of Superstition, who nowe alreadie tasted of some principles of godlynesse.

And by this example are wée in the meane whyle aduertised, Offendours aganst God cannot al­waies be hid­den. that they can no long tyme be hidden that haue offen­ded agaynst the lawes of God, and run on still in wickednesse. For as God is iust, and a seuere reuenger of vagracious [Page 135] déeds, so hath he infinite means, wherby, besides all expectation, to pull oute into the open sunne light, suche as are gyltie. For (to say nothing of the strength of the worde of God, Hebr. 4. whiche like a two edged swoord pierceth thorough the hearte and the marowe, and reproueth the secrete misdemeanours of men) there are to bée founde in histories euery where exam­ples of suche, as haue had their vices by maruelous meanes detected. Some haue ben bewrayed by the songs and flyings of birdes, amongst whom the Cranes of Jb [...]a nowe growne famous by the vsuall prouerbe, must néedes be placed. Some haue bene discouered by bloud, sodeyn­ly issuing out of dead carcases.

Wee may reade also, that there haue bene a greate sorte fearefully dismayde at the only beholding of weapons, wher­by they haue come, and of theyr owne accorde confessed their wicked actes com­mitted with the same.

Neyther néede we to stand long about examples, sith that many thynges come dayely to passe, whiche maye instructe [Page 136] vs, and raise vs vp from securitie.

Let vs then being warned, both with them and also with this presēt example, endeuour our selues after innocencie, lest béeing deceyued with hope to escape vn­punished, we prouoke Gods wrath, with the outragiousnesse of oure sinnes, who can at his pleasure bothe reproue them, when as we leaste looke for it, and also lay vpon vs those plagues, whiche we haue worthily deserued.

The courte­ous humani­tie of the ma­riners to­ward Jonas.But lette vs go on, and take a further view of these mariners, who when they perceiue, that Ionas is the occasion of all this tempest, entreate him with maruel­lous humanitie, leauing off that rigoure, whiche they myght iustely haue vsed to­ward him. For we heard not long since, how that thorough his cause, they were fayne to lighten the ship: and now séeing the sea raged more and more, they stoode as yet in ieopardie of their lyues. How­beit, although he were attached by lots, whiche was to them in maner of an ora­cle, yet thinke they not good to attribute [...] muce credite vnto them, as withoute [Page 137] more diligente inquisition to deale any thing the more extremely, or cruelly a­gainst him. For verie carefully and frend­ly, not without signifying also of some so­row for him, they question with him, as touching all his estate, saying after this maner: Tell vs in good soothe, for vvhose cause are vvee thus troubled? vvhat is thine occupation? that is to say, what is thy estate of lyfe? from vvhence comest thou? vvhat countreyman art thou? or of vvhat nation? What could haue ben done (I praye you) more gently and lo­uingly towardes him, whom they were assured to be the onely worker of their so great daunger, and losse of all their sub­stance, being of so great value as it was? Compare with these mariners, who wer mere alientes from true religion, the mē of this our age, which although there goe no iust cause before, whereby they might be prouoked, yet fall to hating of straun­gers, and if they susteyne but the leaste damage in the world, streightway think, that they may do what they lust to them, of whom they haue receyued their small [Page 138] hurte: and it will immediatly appeare, how great the corruption of this world is nowe growing to age, and ruinously fal­ling to destruction.

But chiefly let this example be noted of those, that are called to be magistrates, and that haue power of lyfe and death, ouer suche as they gouerne. For (as e­uen nowe was declared) by lotts, and as it were God himselfe, poynting him out with the finger, was Ionas espied out: yet for all that doe not the mariners headyly giue iudgemēt against him, but first they inquire seuerally of euery thing, lest per­happes they might determine any thing not sounding with right and equitie. How much lesse credite thē ought there to be at­tributed to coniectures, suspitions, or wit­nesses, when the matter lyeth vpon ones lyfe and estimation? For notwithstan­ding coniectures sounde many times like vnto a truth, yet do wée certainly know, that verie often they deceyue. Again, that nothing is lesse indifferent, and more de­ceytfull than suspition, Argwon ist ein schalcke. the Germaines can tell by a common prouerbe, whiche is [Page 139] tossed in euery mans mouthe. Where­vnto also accordeth that Gréeke verse, testifying, that greater misdéemings and vniust accusations growe of suspitions, than of déedes. [...]. As concerning witnes­ses, what néedeth any speaking, sith that we are assured, howe many men eyther are caried away by frowarde affections, or not so greately holden with the consci­ence of an othe, or else not of so bolde a spirite, and so wittye, as to bée able to couche all the Circumstaunces toge­ther, whiche myghte serue to the full vnderstandyng of any cause in contro­uersye.

An excellent thing is it in déede to col­lect all things diligently into one heape, but then is néedeful especially a ripe and aduised iudgement: least whyle we goe about to punishe vices, wée become sup­porters eyther of the lying coniectures, or else of the malicious accusations im­pudently forged by other men.

And if no other reason wil serue, yet at the lest let the example of God admonish [Page 140] the Magistrates, who knowing euen at his fingers endes the impietie of the So­domites, Gene. 18. yet sayth vnto Abraham: I vvill goe dovvne novv, and see, vvhether it be so, as by the reporte of the countrey it is come vp to myne eares. &c. God woulde thus speake of himselfe after the maner of men, that wée might ponder thereby, howe circumspectly magistrates ought to procéed, in punishing the offenders. Nei­ther doth the scripture without great cō ­sideration, giue commendation of those kings, in whose sightes the bloud of their subiectes was esteemed of muche price. Psalme. 72.

But it is tyme, that we returne to Io­nas, who now at the length béeing called backe againe into the right waye, by the manifest iudgement of God, doth stoutly and couragiously accomplish such things, as tended to the saluation both of himself and others. For first of all he professeth his faith, Ionas pro­fesseth his faith and facte. and is not ashamed of his God, euen amongst those, whom before he had hearde calling vpon straunge goddes.

I am an Hebrue (sayth he) and I feare the [Page 141] Lorde God of Heuen, vvhich made the sea, and the drie lande.

In this worde feare, hée comprehen­deth the whole nature of true worshippe, whiche (in verie déede) is reckened for none at all, vnlesse wée be touched with an vncorrupte and earnest reuerence of the maiestie of God. This confession that Ionas maketh, he layeth against the rest, in maner of a confutation: as though he should say: You reuerence and cal vpon diuers goddes, of whome one is lord ouer the heauen, an other ouer the lande, an other ouer the sea: but the God whom I reuerence is one God, who as alone hée hathe made all things, euen so shyning bright in his maiestie in the heauēs hath all things at his becke: which same also hath chosen to his owne possession, the na­tion of the Hebrues, to whome in lyke sort he hath prescribed a true maner and order, how he will be worshipped. How­beit, these wordes of his are not directed to that scope, as that therby he might ex­cuse himselfe, and aduaunce his owne godly zeale, but in reporting thus much, [Page 142] hée fyrste aggrauateth his horrible facte committed, in makyng him his enimie by vnshamefull disodedience and back­slyding, who was a God well knowne vnto him from his chyldhoode, & in whose lore and lawe hée had bene continually brought vp. For, as by those things whi­che followe, it shall appeare, he vttered all the faultes at once, whiche hitherto we haue hearde, he had done. Agayne, by this confession, he establisheth him­selfe with fure confidence to haue hys synnes remitted, whiche in repentyng is chiefly requisite, least otherwyse it de­generate into desperation, as we are as­sured, it happened to Cain, and Iudas, and suche lyke.

The frute that cōmeth by gods cor­rection.And here doth shewe foorth it selfe an excellente frute of Gods correction.

Before this, Ionas had professed God with his mouthe, and preached his word: but béeing now of him called to a charge more dangerous in his owne iudgemēt, he deuiseth to flée from the presence of God, as though there lay little safetie in playing his ambassadour amongest pro­phane [Page 143] people. And hauing now had ex­perience of Gods chastising hande, he re­turneth home againe to hym, he setteth his minde on a fyre with the true feare of him, he professeth him euen among the Gentiles, and causeth them to embrace sincere Religion. This effecte of Gods scourging doe all the electe féele, who for the same commende the goodnesse of God in aduersitie, and say with Dauid: It is good for me, that thou hast brought me lovve, that I may learne thy statutes. Happie is the man vvhome thou chaste­nest, O Lord. Looke the Psal. 110. &. 94. Let vs also therfore be myndfull of these things, and beare it the more paciently, if at any time we be tryed, either by sick­nesses, or warres, or banishemente, or o­ther kynde of calamities. For suche is the ouerthwartnesse of our nature, that it dothe euen craue for the same, least with thys worlde that can not repente, The mari­ners are a­frayde, and aske counsell of Jonas. wée shoulde perishe for euer.

But what did [...]hese mariners, when they heard Ionas make this cōfessiō? first of all, They vvere exceedingly afrayde.

[Page 144]And what cause coulde there come so sodenly, of so great feare? Euen this, that there shyned nowe to their myndes, a knowledge more sincere of the true God whose mightie power they percei­ued, by this vnaccustomed tempest. They heard also, that Ionas fled from the sight of him, and that in his seruice he was be­come a fugitiue, such a one, as God with good reason might pursue. They cannot therfore warrant themselues any thyng luckie and fortunate, vnlesse they restore Gods seruant againe. And vndoubtedly they weigh there withall, what plagues they haue deserued, that haue alwayes hitherto neglected this God. And this al­so is the very matter, why they frette not nowe with Ionas, but rather pitying his case, whome alone they saw punishment wayted for, they demaunde of him frend­ly, what is best to be done, wherby they might auoyde the rage of the seaswel­ling euery moment more than other?

This example is worthie of great cō ­sideration. For fyrst it reproueth the fro­wardnesse, and vnbrydeled dissolutenesse [Page 145] of our age. These men are put in feare with the beholding of an other mans of­fence, and so learne bothe to giue iudge­ment arighte of their owne outragious déedes and also to feare God. But we at this daye walowe carelesly in our owne sinnes, yea although they be such, as it is euident, God hath punished in all ages. And now notwithstanding, he dayly she­weth foorthe many proofes of his iudge­mentes, againste the contemners of his worde, and infinite tokens of his wrath are séene euerywhere, yet doe wée still giue oure selues vnto voluptuousnesse, we drinke, we take our pastime, and go on to prouoke his anger by oure wicked­nesses, that we committe dayly afreshe. Who séeth not then, that these mariners in a few houres space, haue more profi­ted in true pietie, thā a great sort at this day, whiche haue heard the Gospel pure­ly taught continually certaine yeares.

Besides that, this example putteth vs in remembraunce, not to withholde the dueties of compassion, euen from those, whom we are assured to be worthily pu­nished, [Page 146] yea and from them also, whiche be causers of our own miseries. For God layeth not his rodde vpon others, to giue vs occasion therby to reioyce on our owne behalfe, and scorne other menne: but by­cause he wold stirre vp both them and vs to repentance. Neyther shuld the sinnes of other men tourne vs at any tyme to displeasure, except we our selues had de­serued plagues before hand, or the consi­deration of our owne safegarde did so re­quire. And although to our owne know­ledge we are not guiltie of any heynous offence, yet ought we so to be affected in a common miserie, that hauing quenched all desire of reuengement, wee make di­ligent enquirie, what wayes safetie may againe be restored. &c.

Ionas wil­leth himselfe to be cast in to the Sea.As for Ionas hee sheweth himselfe no lesse studious of godlinesse, so that a man would thinke, that he and the maryners kept a cōflict among themselues, whether of them should the rather atchieue there­vnto. For althoughe he perceyueth, that there remained but onely aduise to be gi­uen for their safetie, and the same also [Page 147] was ioyned with the present peril of his owne lyfe, yet doth he fréely and faithful­ly tell it out, saying: Take me, and caste me into the sea: so shal the sea let you be in rest. And forthwith, he rēdreth a cause why he gaue such counsayle. For I vvote it is for my sake, that this great tempeste is come vpon you.

Whiche his wordes maye not be ta­ken as a token of a desperate mynde; paste all hope, and wishyng deathe by reason of despaire: but they procéede of faythe, whereby he willingly resigneth hymselfe to GOD nowe determined to punishe hym: insomuche that Ionas is euen readie to dye the deathe, who before was afrayde at a verye lyghte daunger of hys owne imaginyng, and so defrauded GOD of hys due obe­dience.

And thys thyng in Repentaunce is verye necessarye, for that temporall Plagues ceasse not at all tymes, al­thoughe that God receyueth vs into his fauoure: as in Dauid, and the exam­ples of manye others is to be séene.

[Page 148]But they that paciently vndergoe them, to suche all things worke for the best. Moreouer, his wordes giue testimonie of his loue (which cannot be disseuered from fayth) syth he had rather dye himselfe, than be a causer of other mens destructi­on. So that nowe beginneth Ionas to be a figure of Christe, while he coueteth to bestowe his owne lyfe, to haue others preserued in safegarde.

And here lette vs gather in a bréefe summe, those things that hytherto haue bene spoken of Ionas, and we shal behold a notable president of true repentance. Fyrst we haue heard, that he which was wearie of God, made now an open con­fession of his faith towarde him. Hauing confessed his faith, he addeth also thereto a confession of his sinne, wherof no man can doubte, but he was sorie from the ve­rie heart. And nowe he willingly taketh to himselfe the punishement due for his offence, submitting hym wholly to the pleasure of God alone. Truly therefore was he conuerted from his sinnes vnto God: and that this is the true repentance, [Page 149] the Scripture in other places declareth, and the examples of Dauid, and manye other make proofe.

Let vs at this day folowe him, and we shall also feele God mercyfull vnto vs, through Christ Iesu: To whom be than­kes giuing, honour, glorie, and dominion fore euer. Amen.

The fourthe Homelie.

NEuerthelesse, the men assayed vvith rovving to bring the ship to lande, but they coulde not, by­cause the sea vvrought so, and vvas so troublous agaynst them. VVher­fore they cryed vnto the Lorde, and sayde: O Lorde, lette vs not pe­rishe for this mannes deathe, ney­ther laye thou innocente bloude to oure charge: For thou, O Lorde, haste doone, euen as thy pleasure vvas: So they tooke Ionas, and caste him into the Sea, and the Sea [Page 150] lefte raging. And the menne feared the Lorde exceedingly, dooing Sa­crifices, and makyng vovves vnto the Lorde. But the Lorde prepared a greate Fishe to svvalovv vp Ionas. So vvas Ionas in the bellye of the Fishe, three dayes and three nights.

The argu­ment and vse of this pre­sent place. AS Ionas when hee fledde from the presence of God, least hée shoulde be enforced to preache to the Niniuites, was an ex­ample of the corruption and disobedi­ence of Man: So by him dothe the holie Ghoste giue foorthe also an example of repentaunce, and true conuersion vnto GOD: By the whiche wée are taught, howe conueniente it is for vs also to re­tourne vnto God, if we be willing to es­cape his wrathe.

The chiefe thing herein is, that both hée freely confesseth his offence, and also submittingly yeldeth himself vnto Gods will, that withoute any grudgyng, he is [Page 151] contente to vndergoe the punishement, whiche he sawe was prepared for him. For hee giueth the Maryners warning to caste him into the Sea, if they meane to take order for their safetie.

It followeth nowe, what they did, af­ter they had hearde this his counsel; and then howe singular and manyfold com­moditie, as well they as Ionas reaped, after they were on eyther syde loyall to God.

And this place muste so be considered of vs, that wée may be inflamed with a desire to Godlinesse, and after the same manner resigne oure selues wholly vnto God: who as he commaundeth nothing, that is vniust or hurtfull for vs, so he also geueth habilitie to worke it, and in ex­treme distresses defendeth them, that o­beye his commaundementes. Nowe lette vs goe thorough euery parte, in or­der as it standeth.

As concerning the Mariners, The courte­ous behaui­oure of the mariners to­ward Jonas. here are many thynges spoken, worthye of re­membraunce. The fyrste is, that al­though they haue found out Ionas by lot, [Page 152] and do also vnderstande, euen by his own mouthe, that he is the causer of their so great daunger, and that God himself de­sireth to haue him punished: yet deale they as yet nothing the more rigorously with him, but directe all their doings to this ende that they may sette him againe on lande safe and sounde. Maruellous hu­manitie was this, and such as would not haue ben looked for of this kinde of men, séeing that it bothe made them forgetfull of the damage, whiche they had alreadie susteyned, and also moued them (theyr owne daunger whiche presentlye they were in, béeing little estéemed) to employ their care about the preseruation of an o­ther. Many at this day are of the opinion that they may lawfully eyther reuenge, euen with moste extremitie, suche iniu­ries as they haue susteined, or béeing pla­ced in any ieopardie, carelesly neglect all others, yea or to prouide for themselues, though it were with the smarte of other men. Howebeit, it was God that so tur­ned the myndes of these men, and plan­ted in them a reuerende feare of his ser­uaunt: [Page 153] as of the same thing there are set forth in the Scriptures examples not a fewe. For the same God made Ioseph in fauour with the keeper of the prison, and so aduaunced him also afterwarde in the sight of Pharao, that he was content to commit vnto him the charge of his whole realme. And it was God, that made Da­uid in fauour with the Philistians, and Daniel with Nabuchodonosor and Da­rius, and Paule the Apostle with the cap­taines and souldiours, that they founde them fauourable and gentle. Yea, it is Gods doing, that at this day, of a sodaine, they become our frendes, whom before, we knewe not somuch as by name.

To this ende ought these examples to be considered, that wée maye not take it gréeuously to followe suche vocation as God calleth vs vnto, who, as wée heare, hath the heartes of men in his hand, and bendeth them according to his owne ple­sure. Neyther shall they bée able to al­ledge any excuse, who for feare of men striue against God, whose force is suffi­cient for the defence of his, euerywhere, [Page 154] and agaynste whomesoeuer.

Moreouer, they muste imitate these Maryners, as many as haue taken any into theyr tuition, least they eyther vn­aduisedly be wraye them, or béeyng pro­uoked by some lyght iniurie, shewe them selues in deadlye displeasure agaynste them: For it is a double wrong to for­sake, or (whyche is more) lyke eni­mies to sette oure selues agaynst hym, who warranteth hymselfe to fynde a salfe hauen and Sanctuarie among vs, whome also eyther by reason of some Couenaunte made, or else by common ryght of hospitalitie, we were bounde to defende. &c.

The mari­ners desire, that the of­fence of murther may not be laide to their charge.Now, when these Mariners perceiue all theyr endeuours bestowed in vaine, and that euen by the myghtie hande of GOD, they are enforced to hurle Ionas into the Sea, they tourne them­selues to moste feruente prayer, crauing that no offence maye bee taken wyth theyr dooings. O Lorde, vvee beseeche thee, lette vs not perishe for this mans deathe, neyther laye thou innocente [Page 155] bloud to our charge. That is, Impute not vnto vs the crime of sheading inno­cent bloud. The reason is, For thou, O Lorde, haste done, euen as thy pleasure vvas. This is thy dooing, thou haste de­créed that thus it shoulde bée, whose de­termination wée must of necessitie obey. And hauing thus spoken, They cast him into the sea.

This truely deserueth greately to be considered, Murther accompted hor­rible euen a­mong pro­phant men. that it séemeth so heynous a matter, euen to barbarous menne, and suche as had bene brought vp in heathe­nisme, to slea him, whose death they vn­derstoode euen by the iuste iudgement of GOD to be soughte for. It was no doubte graffed in them by the lawes of Nature, whereby menne are taughte to abhorre from bloudshead and manquel­ling. And if wée tourne ouer the histo­ries, it will manyfestly appeare, that the abhomination of manquelling, hath ben iudged a moste horrible thing among all nations, as whyche coulde no other­wyse bée purged, but wyth newe and straunge satisfactions.

[Page 156]This is euidēt by Pausanias, in the histo­rie of Theseus, who, bicause he had killed Pallas sonnes, made a viage to Pelopone­sus, for his purgation: and as wée reade in Herodotus, Adrastus departed to king Cresus, vpon the lyke occasion. Héervn­to also deserueth the same to be referred, which Luke in the 28. of the Acts mencio­neth of the men of Miletum: who when they saw the hand of Paule, whiche had but lately escaped shipwracke, sodeinly assayled with a viper, incontinently they iudged him to be a murtherer, whome thoughe he had escaped the sea, yet the vengeance of God pursued, and woulde no longer suffer to lyue.

Offences in­curred by murther.And surely, if wée will déepely weigh the matter it selfe, it shall soone be séene, that God did not without greate skill im­printe this sense of Nature in men, so greatly to detest murthers. For, firste of all, by Murther men offend against the verie lawes of Nature, whiche as by a common bond of necessitie, it hath bound vs to the mutuall ayding one of an other, so hath it also created vs naked withoute [Page 157] weapon, lest we should once thinke, that we haue reuengement in our owne han­des. Secondly, he sinneth against the mi­steries of christian Religion that slayeth his neyghbour; with whom he is a mem­ber of the same bodie, vnder Christe the head: whose mynde is to haue vs ioyned together in the vnitie of spirite: and by this means do manquellers exclude them selues from the felowshippe of the con­gregation. Besydes that, this mischiefe redoundeth euen to God, who framed mā after his owne likenesse, and therefore will not suffer it to be violated withoute punishment. In the meane season, I say nothing, howe that when murthers are in force, neyther common peace, neither priuate safetie of men can haue any sure grounde. Not without good cause was it therfore, that euen from the verie begin­ning of Gods creatures, God appointed lawes, wherein he forbad bloudsheading and murthers, with wonderful seueritie. For streightwaye after the floud, when the worlde was newly growing againe, he prescribed a lawe, with these wordes. [Page 158] Hee that sheadeth mannes bloud, Gen. 9. shall haue his bloud shead by man agayne: For God made man after his ovvne like­nesse. And in the lawe it is written: Ye shal take none amends for the lyfe of the murtherer, Nume. 35. but he shall in any vvise be put to death. Also ye shall take none attonement for hym that is fledde to a free citie, that he shoulde come agayne, and dvvell in the lande, before the death of the highe Prieste. And see ye defyle not the lande, vvhich ye are in: for bloud defyleth the lande. And the lande can none othervvise be clensed of the bloud that is shead therin, but by the bloud of him that shead it. Adde heere vnto the woordes whyche Chryste vseth in the Gospell, All that take the svvorde, shall perishe vvith the svvoorde. Math. 26. And those also: Nume. 35. He that killeth vvith the svvorde, muste himselfe be killed vvith the svvorde. &c. Apoc. 13. And least God shoulde omitte any thing in this matter, he appoynted cities of refuge, whether they might flée, whiche had done a mur­ther, but not of set purpose, least other­wyse, [Page 159] vnder a coloure of reuengemente, they myght be slayne themselues by his kinsefolkes, that was alreadie killed. De. 19. &. 2 [...] And as for that murther that was hap­pened, the authour whereof was not knowne, he also ordeyned a kinde of pa­cifying of God, whiche must haue bene doone openly and solemnely, leaste the guiltynesse thereof, shoulde be imputed to that citie, within the boundes where­of it was committed.

Not withoute good reason therefore, doe wée bewayle the wretched crueltie of thys oure age, whyche so farre is set on fyre, that with many it is thoughte but a playe and a pastyme to cut a mans throate: For they will for moneye be hyred to runne oute a warrefaryng, euen contrarye to the Lawes of the Countreye, and wyll herein hunte after the greatest commendation of valyant­nesse, if they haue slayne the greattest number of menne: of whome notwith­standyng, they neuer susteyned any da­mage at all.

Howbeit, very gréeuous sentence doth [Page 160] God pronounce against them, by Moyses Deut. 27. Cursed is hee that taketh any revvarde to slea innocent bloud: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Nowe, howe greate the force of Gods cursse is, appeareth playnly hereby, for that sodeynly almoste with all their sub­stance they perish, and become infamous as many as giue themselues to this blou­die kynde of vice.

Only the wil of God excuseth murther.Here againe, note the excuse that these mariners do vse: For thou O Lord, hast doone euen as thy pleasure vvas. Euen by this reason hope they to become inno­cente, bycause in casting Ionas into the sea, they are obedient vnto God, who will haue it so done. And in verie déede this reason is of verie great effect, as wherby we may excuse both our sayings and do­ings, seing it is certain by the Scriptu­res, that the wil of God must be our rule for them all. The same dothe also kéepe magistrates blamelesse, when they pro­nounce sentence of deathe ouer murthe­rers, adulterers, incestuous persons, blas­phemers, inchaunters, & false prophets, [Page 161] and suche lyke: whome God in his lawe hath commaunded eyther to be stoned, or brent with fire, or hanged on the galows, or by some other punishement taken a­way. For it is not in vayn, Rom. 13. that the ma­gistrate beareth a sworde, neyther ought he to be takē among the number of them that vsurpe the swoorde, forasmuche as God hath giuen it vnto Magistrates, to y e end they may be executers of his iudge­mentes. They may not therefore be dis­mayed by the peruerse opinions of suche as say: It is a detestable thing that any man should be put to death, for any kinde of misdemeanour: & do so highly aduance mercie, that in the meane season they take all iustice away. Salomons opinion was muche better, when as he sayde: Prouerb. 16. The Lorde hateth as vvell him that iusti­fieth the vngodly, as him that condem­neth the innocent. And as for the histo­ries of Saule and Achab, which most of all prouoked God by their preposterous pitie, they are wel knowne. Achab, for y t he had let goe Benhadad, the king of Sy­ris, & Saule, bicause he had spared Agag [Page 162] the Amalechite, bothe the whiche God had commaunded to be slayne. Looke. 1. Samu. 15. and .1. Kings. 20.

Ionas beeing cast oute, the sea lefte ra­ging.Nowe lette vs passe ouer to the other part of this place, wherein is sette out, howe manyfolde commoditie redounded to them all, after they had shewed them­selues obediente vnto God. As touching the Mariners, first the sea gaue ouer his vehemencie, or rather rage, if wée will leane to the true Exposition of the He­brue worde. And in this sense is danger or rage ascribed to the sea and other thin­ges without life, for that they are also in­struments of vengeance to them, whiche by their sinning prouoke the wrathe of God. By this example wée are admo­nished, that it is a moste sure and readie way for the pacifying and turning away of all tumultes and daungers, if such of­fenders be remoued from amongest vs, as God beeing angrie withall, doth with his iudgements pursue. Ios. 7. and. 8 Thus, after A­chan, who had committed sacrilege, was slayn, the children of Israell founde God mercyfull vnto them. 2. Sam, 21. The posteritie of [Page 163] Saule béeing once ridde out of the waye, the hunger ceased, which God had sent in by reason of the Gabaonites, whom Saul had afflicted. 1. Kings. 18 In like maner Baals prie­stes & the false prophets, that liued in the tyme of Helias, beeing destroyed, bothe rayne and the blessing of God was resto­red to the lande of Israell. These things ought they to haue remembred, who at this daye syt in consultation for the paci­fying of vprores, and turning away of cō ­mon daungers. They make theyr com­plaint in déed, that the whole world is in disquiet, and that the wrath of God dothe euery where shewe foorth it selfe: but in the meane while they suffer such to iette vp and downe vnpunished, as by whose detestable actes the wrath of God is alre­die set on fyre. Yea some there be, that dare ascribe the cause of al these euils vn­to the doctrine of the truth: affirming, y t it is not possible otherwise to haue things in good staye, vnlesse it be vtterly rooted out. What maruel is it thē, if those ships be continually in trouble and hazarde, from whence good men are throwne out, [Page 164] wicked men, and such as God hateth, be­ing appointed to gouerne the sterne?

The mari­ners go for­ward in true Religion.Moreouer, not onely from ieopardie were the mariners deliuered, but also wonderfully profited they in religion: so that a man may see that the word of god, which Ionas had sowen in their myndes, broughte foorth suche encrease as Christe doth attribute therevnto, in the Gospell. For they, who a little before being ama­zed with feare, called vpon false and fey­ned Godds, nowe stande in awe of Ieho­uah hymselfe the true God, whose iuste and mightie hand, they had alreadie ex­perience of. And thus obteyn they at this present, the first principle or chief poynt of true wisedome: Prouer. which Salomon doth testifie to consist in the feare of the Lord. Yea they not only stand in feare of God, but this feare and true religion they also professe with outward tokens of holines. For they offred a sacrifice vnto the lord: but what maner of one it was, it is vn­certaine. Hierome vnderstandeth ther­by a sacrifice of prayse, which Hoseas ter­med, Hose. 14. the calues of our lips. Yet seemeth [Page 165] it, that there is some other thing mente: neither shall it be inconuenient, if so be we shal vnderstand this place of some fy­red sacrifice, or (if you had rather) of some suche as mighte be eaten of. And in that they sacrifice to the true God, whiche a­mong the Iewes was worshipped by the name of Iehoua, with a long farewell re­nounce they their false gods. Here is also mencion made of a vowe, whiche in like sorte they vowed vnto God. And this, I suppose, was no other thing, but that they made faithful promise, that they woulde perseuer in the seruice of this knowne God, and at all seasons be thankfull vn­to him. Such duties as these be, are they detters of, that are deliuered oute of pe­rils, and haue felt the ayde of God.

First, they may not be proude, What thing men must do being deliuered from dangers. or fierce mynded, but conceyue in themselues an awe of God, whose roddes they haue ta­sted on: and the same awe not seruile, but free, & such as beséemeth children: which beeyng ioyned togyther with a loue of God, may retayne them still in a careful studie to obey. Then let them testifie this [Page 166] religion with outwarde déedes, and offer those sacrifices cōtinually vnto him, whi­che he euermore requireth at their han­des, namely Prayers, & themselues also, (whiche Paule called a quicke sacrifice, and a reasonable seruing of God, Rom. 12.) toge­ther with bountifulnesse towardes all, but chiefly the poore, whome God hathe made his substitutes, that we shoulde be­stow vpon them such things, as we wold vpon himself, if he were now conuersant vpō the earth corporally, as in times past he was. And bicause new vowes are not needful of them, who alreadie owe al that they haue vnto God, to whome also in Baptism they haue wholly bound them selues, herein let them shewe all careful endeuour, that the same, which ther they vowed, they may faythfully perfourme, and without any intermission shew them selues thankful vnto God their redéemer. And this is the very same, that we heare Dauid in his psalmes many times make promise of. So that neither this, nor any like places, can in any wise maintein the vowes of the Papists and monks, which [Page 167] superstitious men, without the warrant of Gods word, and hauing not first tried their own habilitie, dare take vpon them and that not withoute confidence to me­rite therby: which presūption alone, with the leauen therof being very pharisaical, maketh all the other worship vnaccep­table to God. But of the mariners lette this suffise, that we haue alredie spoken,

Let vs now looke vpon Ionas, whiche himselfe also is allotted an happie end, Ionas is swa­lowed vp quicke of the fishe. of so greate a daunger. For he who a little before coulde not be safe in the ship, but that both wind and water thirsted for his punishment, is now in the midst of y e sea betwene billowes & stormes kepte safe & sounde: and being restored to his office, he who earwhile deserued not so muche as y e name of a Prophet, becōmeth also a figure of Christ our Sauior. For mētion is here made y e god prepared a great fish, which might restore to lād in good safetie this Prophet, after he had ben first with gaping mouth receiued into the fish, and then put ouer into the bellye, and lastly inclosed there thrée whole dayes long.

[Page 168]Wonderfull great was this miracle, the lyke whereof is scarsly to be founde: whether ye consider the Fishe that was so obediente to God, or Ionas, who not­withstanding, the fierce rankes of téethe standing in maner of a sawe, the feareful passage through the iawes and the throte that stonke by reason of clammie filthy­nesse & sniuell, was yet able to go downe vnhurte into the bealy, and liue there for the space of thrée dayes, hauing neyther any meate to be susteyned with, nor yet enioying the common vse of the light and the ayre, without the whiche it is vnpos­sible for man to kéepe life. Whervnto is this also to be added, that God for so long tyme restrayned the power digestiue of the stomack, least it shuld consume Ionas, who was sent downe thither. Howbeit let vs leaue off these things for this pre­sent, and search after the misteries of the holie ghoste, and the vse of this hystorie, that there may redounde the greater cō ­moditie vnto vs therof. The punish­ments of thē that obey not God.

And here fyrste of all we are admoni­shed by this example, how many mische­ues [Page 169] are to fall on them, that refuse obedi­ence vnto god. As for Ionas, that he might be placed among the number of such, we haue heard before. And what thing more terrible coulde haue happened vnto him, if all the tirantes of the worlde shoulde haue conspired together, to robbe him of his lyfe? He was tossed with a tempest: whiche beyng occasion of such terrour to the mariners, no doubt it made Ionas in maner beside himselfe for feare. After­warde, he heareth the mariners taking counsaile about lots, wherby they might searche out him, who was the causer of this so great tempest that was raysed. Howe fared he in mynde (think you) cer­tainly knowing, that he alone was sought for? And shal we not say, y t he was much terrified by means of those lots, as giltie persons are wont to be, whē they see the executioners hatchet readie to parte their head from their shoulders? Beeing found out, he confesseth his horrible fact, and ac­cuseth himselfe, as one that auoyded his comming to Niniue, chiefly in this res­pect, bicause he wold haue his authoritie [Page 170] nothing diminished. At length he is cast into the sea, & among the midde billows, whose force he was not able before to a­byde, no not in y e ship. What other thing was this, than as if he had ben cast into a graue quick, and immediatly smoothered with earth? After al this, yet doth not the iudgement of God (who pursueth him) stay there, but straightwaye he méeteth with an huge Fish, which with the wide gaping that it maketh, and hauing ranks of teeth so terrible, receyueth him, and swaloweth him vp: whiche one thing a­lone, to a man of the greatest courage in the worlde, woulde not onely haue stri­ken him in feare, but also haue made his mynde wholly amazed, yea rather full of despaire. Moreouer, in this so huge a gulfe continueth he thrée days space, and all this while is he washed with the wa­ters of the billowes, that are swalowed vp: sometime he is plunged downe into the lowe bottomlesse places, sometyme fléeteth he alofte: one whyle he is tossed to this syde, an other whyle to that: and in that vaste goulfe euery moment séeth [Page 171] he a thousand deathes before his eyes. What tentations (I beséeche you) shall wée thinke hee was tormented withall? perfectly knowing, that all this adoe hap­pened vnto him thorough Gods displea­sure? Surely these thinges are so outra­gious to be borne, that ten deathes were easier, than the abyding of all these togi­ther. And like plighte are all they in, who to eschue lighter perils, and suche as their owne braynes doe fansie, set them­selues against God. Examples are euery where to be founde, but moste amongest suche, as when persecutions assault, de­nie Christ, leaste they shoulde put bothe goodes and lyfe in hazarde. For oftenty­mes it commeth to passe, that they wan­der vp and downe infamous, and with­out renoume: they can take no pleasure of their riches: and besides that they féele horrible stinges of conscience, whereby they are brought euen to vtter despaire. It was not for naughte therefore, that the Apostle sayd: It is an horrible thyng to fall into the handes of the liuing God. Hebr. 10. In the consyderyng hereof, [Page 172] this is the frute that we must gather, e­uen to learne obedience vnto God, who beste knoweth bothe to tourne all daun­gers awaye, and those that walke after his calling, to preserue them, yea though it were in the myddest of a thousande perilles.

The power of God in sa­uing them that are his.Consequently here cōmeth the power of God to be marked, wherby he is able to keepe in safegarde those that are his, euen in the thickest of suche ieopardies, where as there seemeth no hope of deli­uerance to remayne. For that whyche at this present hapned, is such a matter, as can in no wyse bee credited among prophane men, which measure all things by carnall reason. Howbeit, this reme­dieth all doubt that might be made, seing that it is sayde, howe GOD prepared this Fish, and so made a prouisyon, that it shoulde be readie at time conuenient, to swalow Ionas vp through the ranks of his teeth, without doing him any harme, and also kéepe him safe whole thrée days space. Moreouer Christe Iesu by his te­stimonie, addeth credite to this historie, [Page 173] who affirmeth, that by Ionas was exhi­bited a figure, both of his death, and also of his resurrection. We can not there­fore denye the truthe of this thyng ac­complished in déede, excepte we be myn­ded therwithall to call in doubte the my­steries of our redemption. And that it is not vnpossible for God to bring such thin­ges to passe, is sette out by infinite other examples. For it hath great resemblance hereto, that when as the floud was redie to come, he made all the beastes so tame, that they came vnto Noe, entred into the Arke, and layd asyde their wonted wild­nesse. And agayne, that he so long while preserued Noe in safetie, euen in the middest of so horrible flowes of waters as then were.

The verie lyke thinges were also in tymes paste wrought in Egipt, when as God brought Frogges, Locustes, Flyes, and Wormes of all sortes, for the sub­duing of Pharaos cruell mynde. What? did he not also leade the people of Israell thorow the bottomlesse depthes of the red sea, the waters rising on height like a wal [Page 174] on eyther side? What shall wée saye of Daniel, who is preserued in the middest Lions, and his felowes saued among the flames of an hote burning ouen, by the miraculous protection of God? Or, is it not more to be wondred at, that sodeinly there swoomme a fishe to Peters hooke, which brought the tribute money in his mouth? But if there be any that liste to skorn at al these things, acompting them for fables, what (I besech you,) are they able to answere to the miracle of the vn­perfect birthe, lying hidde in the mothers wombe? Doth it not farre passe the ca­pacitie of mannes vnderstanding, that a chylde about the space of fiue monethes shoulde in those straightes not only liue, but also encrease in greater strength, tyll suche time as it be borne into the world? And séeing that is daily brought to passe, shall we stand in doubte, but that God is hable to worke some singular thing, if the necessitie of the case shall so require? Why doe we not then acknowledge the puissaunce of GOD, and wyth déepe weyghing thereof arme oure selues in [Page 175] all daungers and perplexities, with pa­cience and constancie of faithe? For hée that in times past was of mighte to do these thinges, the same at this daye in sickenesse, in neede, in prisonmentes, in temptations of the conscience, yea euen in death it selfe is of habilitie to defende and preserue vs. With Dauid there­fore we maye reason, by those thinges that are gone before: Thou arte hee, Psal. 21. O God, that drevvest me out of my mo­thers vvombe: I haue ben left vnto thee, euer since I vvas borne: thou arte my God, euen from my mothers vvombe. And againe: Thou leadest vs thorough fire and vvater, Psal. 26. but thou bringest vs out into a place of comforte.

Neuerthelesse, we shall not muche néede examples fette from other men, if euery one wil narowly loke vpon thēsel­ues. For they shal find in thēselues many things wherby they may be admonished of Gods power & goodnesse therewithall.

Lastly, Jonas a fi­gure of Christ. the figure of Christe muste bée consydered in thys place, whiche hée shewed vs hym selfe, where as [Page 176] to the Iewes requiring a token, he sayd: This frovvard and adulterous nation se­keth a signe and there shall no signe bee giuen it but the signe of Ionas the pro­phete. For as Ionas vvas in the vvhales belly three dayes and three nights, so shal the sonne of man be three days and three nightes in the heart of the earth. Howe­beit Ionas did not only shadowe the hy­storie of the Lordes death and resurrecti­on, but therewithall also the frute, that sprong vnto vs thereout. For as Ionas being cast into the Sea, and deuoured of the fishe, broughte the Sea to be calme, and stilled the tempests of winde: Euen so Christ by his death hath pacified God the Fathers wrath, tamed the madnesse of the world and the Prince thereof, and cleane taken away the horroure of eter­nall deathe. Moreouer, as Ionas béeing drowned, was causer of the mariners cō ­uersion vnto God, so do we reade, that Christe after his resurrection conuerted manie, whiche were authoures of hys owne death. Besides this, as Ionas, lyke a conqueroure of the Sea, from the wide [Page 177] gaping of the fish, escaped safe to y e shore: so Christ hauing ouercome death & the deuil was restored again to life. As hervnto, y t as Ionas being restored, brought the Ni­niuite saluation by preaching of y e word: So Christe raised from death to life, sent out his Apostles amōg the Gentiles, who by their preaching were drawne to be fe­lowe partners of saluation. You sée then how in this historie are conteined al thin­ges, that may tende to the institution of lyfe & faith. So that Satan did not with­out great skil labour to haue obscured the same, seeking to haue made folks beleue, that it was but the fable of Arion, the name of a famous har­per, whome (as it is said) the ma­riners woulde haue caste into the sea, to haue his money: but he desiring them to let him play a song ere he died afterward leapt into the water. But a Delphine receiued him on his backe, and brought him to lande agayne a­lyue. Arion.

Let vs for our partes be mindefull of these thinges, and feare God: so that tur­ning from our sinnes, we maye haue all our hope of saluation reposed in Chryste Iesu alone, who by the merites of his death, and by his glorious Resurrection, hath vanquished death and hel, and set vs at libertie from the iawes of Leuiathan, that he mighte make vs partakers of his kingdome. To him belongeth thanks gi­uing, honor, glory & dominion for euer Amen.

The second Chapter.

The fyfth Homelie.

ANd Ionas praied vnto the Lord his God, out of the bowels of the fishe, and saide: In my trouble I cal­led vnto the Lorde and he answered me: out of the bellie of the graue I cried, and thou heardest my voice. Thou hadst cast me doune, into the herte of the seas, and the floud com­passed me about: yea all thy vvaues, and rolles of vvater vvent ouer me. And I saide, I am cast avvay out of thy sight, but I will yet againe looke toward thy holy temple.

The argu­ment and vse of this Chap­ter. FOr as much as God had appointed Ionas, by especiall priuiledge, to be a Prophet to the Gentiles by whose preaching they mighte be stirred vp to re­pentance: not without good considerati­on [Page 179] is it, that in him he setteth foorth such an absolute example of repentance, wor­thy to be imitated in al ages, of as many, as couet to come in fauoure againe with himselfe. This is the scope, wherevnto all things tend, that as yet we haue herd, namely, of his franke confession of hys sinne, and also of his faithe in God, of hys submitting himselfe to Gods will altoge­ther, and finally of his counsaile that hée gaue vnto y e mariners for their safegard, though it were with the peril of his own life. But bicause, in al these thīgs hither­to, there is no mention made of prayer, which in repentance is chiefly requisite, now is somewhat also entreated thereof. For in thys chapter he setteth out an himne, or Psalme, that he made béeing restored to lande: in the which also he ex­presseth diligently, what he did, lying hid in the whales bellie. The argument of the orison is, that he giueth thanks vnto God, for the benefite of his deliuerance. And it obserueth this order. First, he tel­leth what he did him selfe, and in what sorte God dealt with him. Secondly, by a [Page 180] description of his owne daunger, he en­largeth the benefite of God doone vnto hym selfe. Thirdely, hée dothe teache the vse of this miracle: whyche is, that leauyng all Superstitions, wée place all hope of saluation in God alone.

Laste of all, hée voweth thankes gi­uing. Many frutes therefore maye hée gathered out of this Prison. For it tea­cheth vs, what mynde wée shoulde bée of, béeing assaulted with any kynde of perill: and euen howe wée oughte also to prepare our selues to the death.

Consequently, it deliuereth vnto vs a perfecte Methode, howe to talke wyth GOD, or to praye, whyche is not the leaste poynte of Celestiall wysedome. Besides thys, it confirmeth our Faythe, least wée shoulde faynte, and giue euer in aduersitie. Moreouer, it instructeth vs, whiche is the true and health some vse of the benefites of God. But of all these, shall be spoken in theyr place.

Nowe therefore firste of all, to thys declaration that is alreadie begonne, Ionas praide in the whales bellie. hée knitteth thys verse, saying: And Ionas [Page 181] prayed vnto the Lorde his GOD, and sayde. &c.

Which may not so be vnderstāded, as thoughe hée had composed this Hymne, lying hidde hymselfe within the bowells of the Whale. For it conteyneth ma­nye thynges, that coulde not be spoken before hee was sette on lande agayne: But it openeth vnto vs, howe euen at that time he was verie mindeful of God, and called for his healpe with vncessant Prayers. And least that being deliuered from this distresse, he should seem to haue forgotten God, he addeth this Hymne, therby to aduaunce Gods benefites that he had receiued.

And herein (as hath bene sayde a little before) euen in his formost entrie therof, he doth in a summe set foorth what was doone betwéene him and God: In my trouble I called, and he gaue me ansvver: oute of the bellie of the graue I cryed, and thou heardest my voyce.

These words are playn & easy inough: but bicause in them the whole fourme of praying aright is comprehended, it maye [Page 182] not séeme tedious vnto vs, although wée make some tarying about the same.

God alone is to be called vppon.First, lette vs sée whome Ionas prayed vnto. And hereof he giueth vs aduertise­ment once and agayne, in that he sayeth, He prayeth vnto the Lorde his God, and euen in the beginning of his orison hathe these wordes: In my trouble I called vn­to the Lorde: Who that Lorde is, appe­red euidentely before by his confession, whereas he sayd, that he feared the Lord God of heauen, which made the sea and the drye lande. So then he made his sup­plication, neither to Neptune, nor any o­ther among the number of the feigned Goddes, neyther of the Angelicall crea­tures or Sainctes liuing in heauen, to take vpon them the regarde of him bée­ing nowe in ieopardie, as (peraduen­ture it myghte haue bene thoughte) to Noe, who béeing in tymes past wonder­fully delyuered from the floudde, re­stored mankynde againe: or to Moyses, who as he escaped himselfe miraculously out of the waters, so afterward he ledde the Israelites thorough the bottome of [Page 183] the redde Sea drie shod: or Elias, which diuided the waters in sunder with his mantell: but as in one God he had al the hope of his recouerie reposed, so him▪ a­lone he thought worthie to be called vp­pon, at suche tyme, as he perceyued his deliuerance to lye in great doubt. Nowe from hence let a generall doctrine be set, that we muste call vpon none other, but God only. For the same that Ionas did, hath also ben practised of al others, whose faith is cōmended in the scriptures. Nei­ther doe there want precepts, whereby God requireth it at oure handes. For in the couenaunt that he made with Abra­ham, he professeth himselfe to be El Scha­dai, that is to saye, a GOD of all suffi­ciencie, who will be vnto vs in maner of The latin word here is Copiae cornu: signify­ing (as the Po­etes do feygne) the horne of a Goate, with whose milke Iu­piter was nouri­shed in Creta, of two maidens, Adrastea, and I­da, daughters of Melisleus. Whi­che horne Iupi­ter gaue to his sayde nourses, in rewarde, hauing therewith this cōmoditie: That whatsoeuer thīg they wished for, it shoulde abun­dantly come out of that horne. It signifieth also an horne that Hercules pluc­ked from Ache­lous: which horn the Nymphes or immortall La­dies filled with swere floures & fruites. Suche a thing dothe the authour meane here, that God will be vnto vs. a treasure heape, and moste ample re­warde: and requireth againe on our par­tes, that we walke perfectly in his sight. But howe shall this be accomplished, if in daungers, or any other necessitie wée seeke for helpe any other where?

Heereof we are admonished also by the fyrst precept of the two Tables, wherin [Page 184] we are forbidden to haue any straunge Goddes. Howbeit straunge Goddes haue so many, as besyde one onely God, set vp to themselues whatsoeuer, eyther sauiours or reuengers. Againe, God spe­king of the incense or perfume whiche was to be vsed aboute the holie thinges, Exod. 30. (wherby it is most certaine, that prayers are ment) ordeined punishment of death to as many as shoulde conuert it to any other vse. Herevnto also applie the same, that the godly were commaunnded to offer vp their sacrifices to one God alone; wherby a mā may most firmely conclude that to him both one and onely all pray­ers doe of duetie appertayne, whiche of all sacrifices are accompted the chief. And here vpon commeth it, that when as in the fiftieth Psalme he hadde reiected the vaine ceremonies of the hypocrites, to­gether with their complayntes, immedi­ately he addeth: Offer vnto God thanks giuing, and pay thy vovves vnto the most highest. And call vpon mee in tyme of trouble, so vvill I heare thee. &c.

But put the case, that there coulde no [Page 185] place of Scripture be founde, whiche ex­pressely shoulde commaunde the same, yet surely common sense giueth vs suffi­cient warning to inuocate vpon God a­lone. For, to haue our prayers heard and ratified, this is requisite, that he, whome wée call vpon, be alwayes presente with vs, wheresoeuer we be: and that he haue perfect knowledge, not only of the many­feste daungers that we are wrapped in, but also of the very inward smarts of our hearte, and carefull thoughtes of oure mynde: and besides this, that in euerye necessitie he bothe can and will helpe vs. Nowe God onely is euery where pre­sent, he alone beholdeth all things, he on­ly knoweth oure mindes and thoughtes, he only is Almightie, and Lorde ouer al creatures, and he it is, who of long since, hathe giuen out testimonies of his more then fatherly good will, and at this tyme hathe exhibited them moste manifestly in his sonne Iesu Christe: and openly de­clareth the same good mynde that he bea­reth towarde vs, by dayely benefites. So that hée muste néedes bée blynde, [Page 186] or rather a monster of ingratitude, that wil not sée them. What remaineth then, but that we be suppliant vnto him alone?

These thinges may suffise to confute them, whiche now a dayes offer vp their prayers to Saintes, and make vowes to them: whereas themselues, while they liued, taughte men to call vpon one God alone, and maynteyned the reuerencing of him, euen with the sheding out of their owne bloud.

Euery where doth God heare them, that call vp­pon him.Next foloweth to be considered where Ionas prayed, In the bovvels of the fishe. Why? God had in tymes past assigned a Temple, where he wold be worshipped, and had promised, that he woulde there heare the prayers of such as cried vnto him. It is truth in déed: yet had hée neuer forbiddē, but y e in other places also pray­ers might be offred vnto him. But as we euery where haue néede of his helpe, so hath he giuen vs frée libertie to crie vnto him euery where. Examples are extant, which testifie howe holie men that reue­renced God, prayed in all places, when­soeuer occasion was offred. The Israelites [Page 187] cryed betwéene the bricke and the claye, and were hearde of God. Moyses made his supplication at the redde sea shoare, and forthewith heareth God saying vnto him: Moyses vvherefore cryest thou? And it appeareth euidently inough out of the Psalmes, and holie historie, that Da­uid made his petitions in woods, in den­nes, and vpon his couche. We reade al­so, that Daniels companions, which wer in the fornace, and Daniel himself being enuironed with Lyons, were perfectely heard. What néedeth it to speake here of Christe? who as in his owne person he often prayed in the mountaines, so he al­so sayth vnto vs: Matth. 6. Thou vvhen thou pray­est, enter into thy chamber. &c.

This is excéedingly to our consolation, that we are sure of Gods eares alwayes open to them that crie vnto him: and ther­withal it reproueth them, that wold bind bothe Praying and Gods grace to cer­taine places. This hath ben an olde er­rour, and Christe himselfe confuteth it, when as to the woman of Samaria, John. 4. mo­uing a question as touching this matter, [Page 188] he answereth: VVoman, beleeue me, the houre commeth, vvhen as neither, in this mountayne, nor yet at Ierusalem ye shall vvorship the father. But the houre com­meth, and novv is, vvhen the true vvor­shippers shall vvorship the father, in spi­rite and truth. And Paule commaundeth men to pray in all places, and lifte vp pure hands vnto God. 1. Tim. 2. I knowe in dede, that God in times past adorned his temple with excéeding ample promi­ses, and that Gods Churche hath their o­ratories, wherein prayers may be made: but those olde promises had respecte vnto Christ, whome al that seruice of the tem­ple did shadowe: and at this day, for the continuing of holy assemblies and pub­like prayers it is requisite to haue some certaine place, which it is conueniente to kepe holy, and sundred from all prophane vses. Yet in the meane season, we must constantly retaine that libertie, whiche God hath granted to euery one, where­by to call vppon him priuately at home and abroade, as ofte as necessite heautly oppressing vs, or the holy spirite secretly [Page 189] inspiring vs, doth stirre vs vp to pray.

Thirdly, is expressed very diligently, The time of praying. at what time Ionas prayd: In my trouble (saith he) I cried vnto the Lorde. And a­gaine: Out of the bellie of the graue, or, of hell (for the Hebrew word whiche he vseth here, signifieth both) did I crie. This setteth out the most grieuous streightes and afflictions, wherewith the Prophete was assailed at that season, whereof at this time we néede not to speake, for that he himselfe wyll afterwarde with more words set out at large, what thoughts he had in his minde. This one thing let vs diligently note, that the distresses whiche he felte both of body and minde, were so much the heuter, bycause that he knewe, God had laide them vppon him, as being offended with hys sinne. But he cried vnto the Lorde, and was heard. We sée then, that afflictions are no lette, but that we may call vppon God: yea that then also is it lawfull for vs, euen when we suffer punishemente, as oure hey­nous sinnes haue deserued. For as GOD in laying hys rodde vppon vs, [Page 190] goeth not aboute oure destruction, but a­mendement, and as it is not the least to­ken of oure amendement, if wée tourne vnto him when he striketh vs, crauing helpe at his hande: So doth God also ne­uer caste them off, who in this maner be­haue themselues. And bicause prayer ap­pertayneth to the confession of our faith, which fayth shineth out so muche the clée­rer, as the troubles, wherout we couet to be deliuered, are the gréeuouser, it follo­weth, that God can not but verie well accept suche kynde of prayers.

Let this then be oure consolation, and staye vs vp, when so euer the weighing eyther of our punishmentes, or of oure sinnes, shall goe aboute to withstand our prayers, and accuse vs, as vnworthie to be heard of God. For euen then is it lau­full tyme to pray, yea then most of all is it conuenient to lifte vp our minds whol­ly and instantely to wearie the eares of God: neyther must we doubt at all of the fatherly goodnesse of God, whiche then chiefly extendeth it selfe, when hée per­ceyueth, that his owne children are in [Page 191] dangerous estate of miscarying.

Fourthly, The maner of praying. let vs also mark the maner of Ionas prayer. Héerevnto belongeth it, that is mēcioned of Ionas how he prayed vnto God, whome afterward also he na­meth his God. This is an excéeding ar­gument of Faith, sith that, although hée knewe he had gréeuously offended, yet e­uen in the middest of his punishmentes, he acknowledgeth GOD for his owne: whiche thing fleshely reason will neuer be hable to doe, vnlesse it be lyghtened with the light of fayth. Againe he sayth, that he not onely prayed, but also cryed, yea that he brayed out, or rather began a tumult in himselfe. For he vseth suche a worde here, as dothe not signifie simply to crye, but to be troublesome to one with crying and yelling. It expresseth therfore his feruente and vncessant prayers, as wherwithall (if any suche thing mighte truly be applyed vnto God) he euen tired God himselfe. Notable was this change, and full of admiration, which hapned in Ionas. For he, who not long before fled from the presence of God, and slepte in [Page 192] carelesse securitie, nowe béeing found out in his vngraciousnesse, cryeth and yelleth out vnto him.

And by this example we are admoni­shed, that in praying, before al other thin­ges faith is required, without the which it is vnpossible for vs to drawe néere vn­to God. Hovv shall they call vpon him (sayth Paule) on vvhome they haue not beleeued? Rom. 10. And Iames in his first chapter testifieth, that they shall ob­taine nothing which pray without faith. It will therfore greatly be auaylable for vs, diligently to be conuersant in the con­sideration of Gods promises and benefi­tes done of olde tyme, therby to confirme our selues in faithe. But for that God sometime deferreth his ayde, when as he séeth it néedfull eyther to haue vs longer corrected, or our faith still exercised: to­gether with this confidence in praying, there is also a constant & inuincible per­seuerance required. Therof doth Christe put vs in remembrance, whereas he wil­leth vs not only to pray, but also to knock and séeke. Luke. 18. And hereto chiefly tendeth the [Page 193] parable of the widowe, who by hir im­portune and continuall crie, at length o­uercame the eares euen of the wicked iudge. Heinous therfore, and verie hurt­full is their errour, which will prescribe God certaine limites, and if they be not fauourably heard incontinently, dare call in doubt the goodnesse and power of God, and vtterly surceasse from praying for that time. Let vs imitate Ionas, & the ex­āples of others, whose faith in times past hath pleased God: who also will heare vs, and séeing he is Truth it selfe, can ne­uer fayle to performe his promises. And at this present, let those things whiche wée haue spoken suffise, as concerning Inuocation and prayers.

Nowe passe wee ouer to the seconde parte of this Canticle, He enlar­geth Gods benefite, by describing the danger wherein he was. wherin he payn­teth oute the greatenesse of his peryll, that the benefites of God maye appeare the more excellente. Fyrste, Thou hadst caste me (sayeth he) dovvne into the deepe. &c. Hée complayneth, that hee was caste downe of the Lorde, yet was he not ignorant, that the Mariners [Page 194] did it at his owne cōmaundement. How­beit he hath respect vnto God, who by his iudgemente had broughte the matter to that passe, that both he was enforced to confesse his owne offence, and the mari­ners, yea though it were agaynste theyr willes, to cast him out. By this example of the Prophet, we may learne in daun­gers and aduersities not to bend our eyes toward men alonely, who in some parte maye be causers vnto vs thereof, but to fire our mynds vpon the determinatiōs of God, without whose good pleasure ther can no aduersitie happen vnto vs. This béeing well weighed, moueth vs greatly to repentance, for that it compelleth vs to thinke vpon our sinnes, wherby we haue prouoked the wrathe of God: it armeth vs also with pacience, lest without cause, we shoulde rashly striue against God. Io­nas is diligent also in setting foorth, whe­ther God did caste him awaye. Into the depth, into the hearte of the Seas: That is to saye, into the innermoste parloure of the Sea, or the verye bottomlesse place it selfe. And the floudde, that is, [Page 195] as many flouddes as runne into the sea, compassed me about: yea all thy dashing vvaues, that is to say, the brustlyng none of the waters beating one an other, And all thy rolles of vvater vvent ouer mee. For this cause calleth he them the waues and billowes of God, for that he is the creator of the sea, and author of all win­des and tempestes.

And this lot must they looke for, which thinke scorne to obeye God: that whyle they couete to eschue some one perill, whyche they haue conceyued in theyr mynds, they do nothyng else but plunge themselues into manie, that bothe are more, and also gréeuouser.

Yet in this maner of speaking, wher­in he sayeth: All thy rolles of vvater vvente ouer mee, is conteyned a Conso­lation not to bée contemned. For al­thoughe many be the tribulations of the righteous, as Dauid witnesseth, yet doe they in a maner passe ouer their heades, neither doth God suffer those that are his to be tempted aboue their power. The Prophete furthermore maketh reporte, [Page 196] what he thought béeing inclosed in these straightes. I sayde, I am caste out of the sight of thine eyes. In these wordes hee expresseth of all temptations the gréeuou­sest: as wherein he supposed, that there was no hope of further health lefte vnto him to leane vnto. And surely this alte­ration of the Prophet ought diligently to be obserued. For not long since, this was his whole drifte to get him awaye from the presence of God, and ridde himselfe of his seruice: But now being terrifyed with the feeling of Gods indignation, this only thing is a corsey to his hearte, that Gods countenaunce is hidden from him, and that he feeleth himselfe excluded ther­from by his owne deserte. Suche a lyke thing doth Chryste shadowe in the para­ble of the prodigal sonne. Luke. 15. For he also first of all, woulde néedes departe from hys father: but when hée was broughte to suche néede, as that he beganne to gette his liuing amongest swyne, then wished he to haue a roomthe, yea though it were amongst his fathers hired seruants, so he myghte but enioye the syghte of him. [Page 197] The verie same thing also doe they féele, how many soeuer hauing shaken of Gods yoke, doe alienate themselues from him. Yet oughte not the godly to despaire, if there shall any lyke thing chaunce vnto them: seeing wee reade that Christe was tempted in suche sorte, that hanging vp­on the crosse, he cried: My God, my God, vvhy haste thou forsaken mee? Nowe as he dothe yet acknowledge him to bée his owne God, of whome hee complayneth himselfe to be forsaken: So also is it con­uenient for vs, constantly to retaine this principle of Saluation, that we iudge not God estraunged from vs, but always recognyse it to be his Fatherly hande, whiche dothe correcte vs. So doth Ionas, when as by way of redressing his former thoughte, he addeth: Correction. But I vvill yet a­gayne looke tovvarde thy holy temple. In this worde Temple, he comprehen­deth all the outwarde worship, together with the promyses, whervpon he stayed himselfe. For to the Temple assembled together as many as appertayned to the couenaunt of God, as were circumcised, [Page 198] as professed the reuerencing of the true God: And that God woulde accept their prayers, whiche they offered vp there, they had learned before by his promises giuen vnto Salomon. Thus therfore se­meth the Prophete to say in effecte: Al­though all things séemed to threaten me a mischiefe, and as it shuld appeare, thou hadst vtterly caste me away, yet coulde it neuer slippe out of my mynde, but that I belonged to the societie of thy couenant and people: And thence grounded I my hope, that a tyme wold once come, wher­in I shoulde againe appeare before thée, and be presente at thy holie solemnities. And surely great is this force of Faithe, which after this sort wrastleth with the fleshe, betwéene hope and feare. Yea ra­ther, this is a true proofe of faithe, when as by considering the promises of God, and the Sacraments wherwith they are sealed, it susteyneth it selfe vp against al temptations. Neyther is this the leaste commoditie, that wée may reape by the Sacramentes and outwarde profession. For after the same maner, had both Da­uid [Page 199] and Ionathas regarde vnto circumci­sion, which was a seale of the couenāt of God, when as they called their enimies, Vncircumcised. But nowe in the meane season, there appeareth perfectely in this place, what is the disposition of the god­ly: who couet to be deliuered from distres­ses, and restored to their former estate, chiefly to this end, that they maye serue God. Hereof entreateth Dauid in his Psalmes verie often: and Ezechias lying sicke vpon his bedde, made his complaint especially for this cause, Esai. 38. for that by his death hée sawe, howe the worshippe of God stoode in some hazard. Farre other­wise is y e cōdition of the vngodly, whose thoughtes waite only vpon carnall thin­ges: and therfore when they pray, are the lesse accepted. Howbeit let vs continue in the steppes of Ionas, and other holy men: So shall God when we crie, fauourably heare vs thorough Iesus Chryste, as hée hath promised. To him belongeth than­kesgiuing, honoure, glorie, and domi­nion for euer. Amen.

The syxth Homelie.

THe vvaters compassed me, euen to the very soule, the depe closed me in on euery side, and the vveeds vvere vvrapped about mine heade. I vvent dovvne to the bottome of the hilles, and vvas barred in vvith earth for euer. But thou, O Lord my God, hast broughte vp my life againe, out of corruption. VVhē my soule fain­ted vvithin me, I thought vppon the Lorde: and my prayer came in vnto thee, euen vnto thy holy tēple. They that holde of lying vanities, vvill for­sake his mercie. But I vvill sacrifice vnto thee vvith the voice of thanks­giuing, and vvill pay such things, as I haue vovved: for vvhy? saluation cō ­meth of the Lorde. And the Lorde spake vnto the fishe, & it cast out Io­nas againe, vpon the drie Lande.

[Page 201] ALthough men being ledde euen by the commō sense of nature, The argu­mēt and vse of this presēt place. do flee vn­to God in their distresses, and call for his helpe by prayer: yet many there be, who, when they sée that they are deliuered, become vnmindfull of Gods benefite, attributing al that they haue receiued, to their owne industrie, & returning to the same sins, which before were the cause of their own mischiefes. Very much auaileth it there­fore often to meditate, what daungers we haue bene in, and therewithall also to weigh, how féeble or rather none at al our force hath ben in auoiding the same, and how necessarie it was, that we shuld be deliuered by the mightie hand of God. For this meditation will bring to passe, that both we shall be thankfull vnto god, and also with great diligence we shal take héede lest we fall in the like daunger a­gaine afterwarde. This dothe Ionas tho­roughly obserue, who in the second parte of this his song setteth out with many words, the great perill which he was in, [Page 202] therby to make the benefite of God more notable, and also, by the consideration thereof, to stirre vp him selfe, to perpetu­all thankfulnesse of mind. And truly not long since, he comprehended the same in a summe, setting foorth the most greuous temptacions, wherewith his faulte was assaulted. Now folow the residue tending to the same scope: which being finished, he annexeth also the two last partes of this canticle or song.

He compa­reth his own daunger with Gods helpe.After he hath made declaration of the temptations which he susteyned, he now conferreth togither his owne danger, and Gods gracious helpe for his deliuerance. And bycause the description of his saide dāger serueth to the amplifying of Gods benefite (as we haue oftentimes admoni­shed) he is very diligente, and plentifull therein. First, The vvaters (saith he) com­passed me euen to the very soule. That whiche Dauid spake by a metaphore or figure, the same happened to Ionas in­déede, when as he was firste cast into the middest of the waues, and afterwarde as it were ouerwhelmed with waters in [Page 203] the fishes bellie. Then it followeth: The depe closed me in on euery side. By thys depe, Interpreters vnderstand the bot­tomlesse and impenetrable depth. Thys therefore, he saithe, was in manner of a prison vnto him. He addeth: The vvedes vvere vvrapte about mine head. He me­neth it of wéedes that growe in déepe pooles or places of the Sea, which gather about the féete and armes of suche as doe swymme, and so strangle them, that they are not able to escape. And these he sayth his head was wrapped in: as when the whale hidde it selfe in some sedgie shallow. Finally, I vvente doune to the bottome of the hilles, and vvas bar­red in vvith earth for euer.

The barres of earthe hée calleth suche Sea banks, and high mountaines, as the shippes are not hable to arriue at. Of all the wordes that here are vttered this is the summe, that he was debar­red of all meanes and hope to escape. And straighte wayes hée setteth oppo­site the benefite of GOD agaynste them all, saying: But thou haste [Page 204] brought vp my life againe from corrup­tiō, O Lord my God. He vseth but a few words, thereby to make manifest, howe easie a thing it was for God to deliuer him out of all these calamites, whiche o­therwise coulde haue bene ouercome, by no might or trauaile of mā. Neither doth he onely aduaunce the omnipotencie of God, but also he hath in remembraunce his fatherly goodnesse, whē as, not with­out signifying of a most vehemente af­fectiō, he saith: O Lord my God. As thogh he should say: Albeit thou semedst not on­ly to haue laide aside all care for me, but also to haue cast me euen vtterly away, and that I must néedes haue fallen to despaire: yet notwithstāding thou, oh my most mercifull father, didst manifestly shewe foorthe, both thy good will, and also thy power, & haste made my life to come vp agayne from very corruption, that is, from out of the stomacke of the whale, where nothing else could he loked for, but that it should haue corrupted, and vtter­ly come to nothing. And these words doth he also vtter in the person of Christ, who [Page 205] before by Dauid had saide: Thou vvilte not leaue my soule in Hell neyther vvilt thou suffer thine holy one to see corrup­tion. Psalm. 16. Act. 2 &. 13. Which place the Apostles Peter and Paule expound of the resur­rection of Christe. Wherefore this same also confirmeth the faith of our resurrec­tion, as afterward in the end of the chap­ter shalbe declared. Nowe as touching this that we haue in hand, let vs learne, that although oure perils be very ma­ny, yet may we not despaire of Goddes helpe, yea albeit they excéede all the ca­pacitie of mans witte. For firste of all, VVith God nothing is vnpossible, as Gabriel saide to the Virgin Marie. Thē, Luke. 1. it is his propertie at such times to helpe, as all things being past recouerie, there is no hope lette for men to worke by: and in this behalfe is he called in the scripturs the auenger, and restorer againe of suche as be oppressed. This did Philo that most wise Hebrew well perceiue, when as be­ing ambassadoure to Caius the emperour and hauing not without some cruell in­iurie suffred repulse at his hand, to the o­ther [Page 206] Iewes stāding amased, he said, We must néeds be of a good chéere, whom Cai­us is angrie withal: for of necessitie it fol­loweth, that Gods helpe will be present, when as mans helpe dothe faile. Exam­ples will meete vs euery where, wherein we are taught, that God doth of a sodeine ioyfully appere vnto them, that can sée nothing but destruction laide open before their eies. Of that whiche hath bene spo­ken, let vs then take this vse: In whatso­euer kinde of perils we be set, yet still to kepe our faith sure and vnshakē towards God. For why should we despaire? seing that God is able to saue, yea euē in death.

He setteth out the vse of this bene­fite.And herevnto tendeth the third parte of this Canticle, as wherein he painteth out the vse of this benefite, very diligent­ly by a comparison. Ionas here compareth himselfe with the superstitious and ido­latrers, by this meanes the rather to de­clare, what he him selfe did to his greate commoditie: and howe miserably on the other side they are deceyued, whiche di­recte their doings after another sort. And firste speaking of himselfe he faithe: [Page 207] VVhen my soule faynted vvithin me, I thought vpon the Lord. The Hebrew wordes signifie not so muche a fainting or melting away of the Soule as rather a perplexitie. For Ataph is as muche to say, as to couer and to hide, or to wrappe in. And by translation it is applyed to the Soule, for that it, when as dangers are imminent on euery side, séemeth so to be wrapped, & soldē in with an huge heape of eares, and intricate thoughtes, that a man can appointe no certeintie, how to deale euen in his owne matters. Hereof doth Dauid complayne, when as in the Psalmes he saith: Hovv lōg shall I tosse thoughts in my soule, Psa. 12. et. 42 and sorovve in my hert al the day long? And againe: Psa. 43. &c. VVhy arte thou troubled O my soule? and vvhy arte thou so disquieted vvithin me?

Neyther is it to be doubted, but that Ionas béeing in the whales bellie, was tossed wyth hys thoughtes, as it hadde bene with terrible byllowes, and coulde not certaynely determine with hymselfe what were beste to bée done. But when as (saith he) my soule [Page 208] was thus wrapped in, and now being o­uercome with sundrie cares, was cothing away, I thought vpon the Lorde. This was not a vain or flitting remembrance, suche as nowe and then springeth vp in the mindes euen of the vngodly: but such a one as meditated, both vpon the promi­ses of God, and also on the couenaunt it selfe, together wyth his olde benefites: the considering whereof, dothe wonder­fully encrease faith, exciting them to ar­dent prayers, and full of confidence, who before tyme gaue ouer in temptations. Therefore addeth hee: And my prayer came in vnto thee, euen into thy holye Temple. Wheras, although by the word Temple, he meaneth the Heauen, which is called the palace and throne of God, for that therein his maiestie and puissaunce dothe chiefly appeare, yet neuerthelesse doubt I not, but therewithall he hath re­specte to the promises made, concernyng the Temple, and the outward sacrifices, whereby he confirmed his faith, as lately hath bene sayde. This then is his mea­ning: Although in the depth of the sea, I [Page 209] had my abiding within the bowels of the Whale, yet had I in mynde bothe thée, and thy couenant: the seales wherof, all that worship of the Temple ordeyned by thy appoyntment doth conteine. And for this cause did I crye vnto thée, neyther were my prayers in vayn, but they pier­ced thorough the verie heauen, and came vp euen into thy sight.

And here may we sée, howe Ionas was occupied chiefly aboute two thinges. For both he had in remembraunce, God & his promises, and also beeing established in faith, he poured out his prayers vnto the Lord, wherby he craued for his aide. Nei­ther did he it onely at that presente, but therwithall he learned that he muste also do the same afterwarde, & giueth out his owne example to be folowed of all men, whiche oute of aduersitie couet to escape safe. For this is the propertie of the god­lie, that although they be verie greuously tempted, yet doe they neuer shake off all myndfulnesse of God, but by the remem­braunce of his promyses, doe they staye vp their faithe: and béeing instructed of Gods good will, by his benefites doone of [Page 210] olde time, they vse also for euer after, to put their whole hope of saluation in him alone. And this truly is the principal vse of all the benefites of God, which he be­stoweth, either vpon other men, or vpon our selues: Neither shal they at any time be frustrate of their hope, who soeuer wil imitate Ionas example. For, Blessed is the man (sayth the Prophet) vvhich tru­steth in the Lord, and vvhose hope is the Lorde. Again, Blessed is he, that hath the God of Iacob for his helpe, and vvhose hope is the Lord his God. Psa. 17. Psa. 146.

He repro­ueth the vaine con­fidence, of such as be superistiti­ous.Howebeit, that Ionas mighte yet the more commende the doctrine which may be gathered by his example, in the other part of this comparison he bringeth forth the mainteiners of superstitions, & com­pareth by a contrarietie their brickle and deceytfull estate, with the felicitie of the godly. They that holde (sayth he) of lying vanities, vvill forsake his mercie. Lying vanities, that is to witte, most fonde and deceiptfull vanities, he termeth all that whiche men fansie vnto themselues of their owne brayne, to putte any hope of saluation therein. Vnder this title there­fore [Page 211] may be accompted straunge gods, i­dols, superstitious worshippings, mens ayde, mens imaginations, good workes or merites, and whatsoeuer else of this kynde may be deuised. For if wée will somwhat narowly view these things, we shall finde them to be suche, as that with Salomon we maye worthily exclame: Vanitie of vanities, Ecclesia. 1 and all is but plaine vanitie. For as touching strange gods, it is manifest, that besides a vayne name, they haue nothyng at all: syth that in the nature of thinges they haue not so much as a being And bicause there be no gods at all, it foloweth of necessitie, that the images which are set vp for them, be lykewise nothyng. This verie thing the Apostle also noted. 1. Cor. 8. As for the o­ther, that are reared vp to represent the true God, what are they but mere lyes? seeing it is a playn case, y t God can not by any image be represented. Esay. 40. VVhom vvil ye make me lyke, (crieth he himself by the Prophet) and vvhome shall I be lyke? Al caruers of images are vanitie: Esay. 44. and the things that they so couet, profite nothing at al. They must beare record themselues, [Page 212] that seing they can neither see nor vnder stand, they shalbe cōfounded. VVho dare then make a god, or fashiō an image that can do no good? Many like places might here be brought in, whiche for shortnesse sake we omit, seing that such as reade the scriptures, may be acquainted with thē e­uerywhere. And as for superstitious worshippings, it is euident, that God cannot be so worshipped with outward thinges, but sith he is a spirite, he wil be worship­ped in spirite & truth. Iohn. 4. Most fonde therfore is all that confidence whiche is placed in outwarde ceremonies. And what need we to make any mention of mens helps and counsels? Esay. 40. when as Al flesh is grasse, and all the glorie therof, as the floure of the fielde. Yea and Hieremie pronoun­ceth all them accurssed, which take fleshe for their arme. And Dauids voyce is this: Put not your trust in Princes, Psal. 146. being chil­dren of men: for ther is no help in them. Of lyke value also be all our works and merites. For what may they merite, who of themselues, are not able so muche, as to thinke a good thought? and whose righ­teousnesse, being like a filthy shroude pat­ched [Page 213] of sundry ragges, can not therefore stand in the presence of Gods iudgemēt. For this reason doth the prophet rightly terme them lying vanities, adding thys therwithall, They that holde of them, vvill forsake his mercie. By this woorde Mercie, he vnderstandeth euen God him­selfe: who, how great soeuer he be, is al­together mercie, and in verie déede the mercie for men: for that he offereth him selfe to vs, neyther departeth from vs, vnlesse wée fyrst forsake him: as they do which holde of vanities, that is, whiche place not all hope of saluation in him a­lone, but of their owne brayns feigne vn­to themselues straunge gods. And these kinde of men endamage themselues two maner of wayes: both for that they finde no helpe in those things which they haue forged, & also for that therby they forsake God, who alone was able to helpe them. And this is it which God by Hieremie cō ­playneth of, in these wordes: Tvvo euils hath my people committed: They haue forsaken me the vvel of the vvater of life and digged them pittes, yea vile and bro­ken [Page 214] pittes, that can hold no vvater. Ier. 2. And this at this presente, the Prophete thought good to haue in remembraunce, therby to commend vnto vs the vse of his owne example, namely that in aduersi­tie we should be myndfull of God and his promises: and so neyther dispaire, nor yet settle that confidence, which is due to him alone, vpon other vaine things.

And here haue we throughly to marke that hée calleth them forsakers of God, which lay holde of vanities. For séeing that God is a iealous God, he may not a­way with any copartners in the faith, & worship due to himselfe. He also cryeth by Esay, Esay. 42. that he will not giue his glorie and honor to any other. It foloweth then that superstitions, and the true worship of God, can not both stande together: but necessarie is it, that they wholly depende vpon GOD, as many as would be ac­compted his true woorshippers.

And hereto serueth that whiche Helias sayde vnto the Israelites: 1. Kings. 18 Hovve long vvill ye halte on bothe sides? If the Lord be God, follovve him: If Baal bee God, [Page 215] goe after him. By these wordes therfore are taken away all seruices and super­stitions, whiche mē fondly deuise to them selues at their owne choyse: for that they plucke away from God, who as alone he is able to saue, so alone he will be reue­renced, honoured, and called vpon. A vowe of thanksgi­uing.

There remaineth now the fourth part of this Canticle, wherein the Prophete voweth thankfulnesse to God. But I vvil sacrifice vnto thee vvyth the voyce of praise and vvil pay the things that I haue vovved. &c. By the voyce of prayse hee vnderstandeth thankesgiuing, and an o­pen preaching abroade of the benefite that he had receiued of God. And this he calleth a sacrifice, namely hauing respect hereto, for that God in the fiftieth psalme preferreth the inuocatyng of his name, and thankesgiuyng farre aboue all sacri­fices. As though Ionas should say: I know in deede, that thou haste no néede of sacri­fices, and that thou requirest none, as though thou wert delited therwith: wherfore omitting them, I will do that, which both thou allowest before al other things, [Page 216] and may also moste serue, as well to the instruction of others, as also to the sprea­ding abrode of thy renoume. For I will offer the sacrifice of prayse: and looke, what goodnesse and might thou haste de­clared in my deliuerance, that same will I opēly preache out vnto al mē. Neither doe I vowe it only, but I will also per­fourme that, which I haue vowed: least at any tyme I mighte séeme to haue for­gottē eyther thy benefite or myne owne promise. And these in verie déede are the vowes of the godly, far differing from the monasticall: whiche are occupied, eyther insolently about such things as are not in our possibilitie to performe, or else foolish­ly aboute suche superstitious obseruati­ons, as are of no moment at all For the same that the Prophete voweth in this place, is also to be found in the examples of others. In Hoseas the godlie promise the calues of their lips vnto god. Hose. 14. And Da­uid sayth I wil declare thy name vnto my brethren: Psalm. 2 [...]. in the midst of the cōgregation vvil I praise thee. Psalm. 69, And agayn, I wil praise the name of god with a song, & magnifie [Page 217] him with thāksgiuing. And it shal please the Lord better thā an oxe or a bullock, that hath hornes and hofes In this place also the Prophet sheweth a reason of his vow making, in that he addeth: For vvhy? saluation commeth of the Lord. As if he shoulde say: Therefore wyll I sacrifice praise vnto thée, and celebrate thy name, bicause thou only arte the sauioure, ney­ther can saluation be founde any other where, than with thée. So that this place reproueth their superstitions, who bee­ing deliuered out of perills hang vp their accursed offerings, namely their vowed tables, or Images of waxe, and also their chaines, fetters, figures of shippes, or any such like, to the honoure of Sainctes, be­fore Idols. Let vs giue ouer all the glory of our saluation to God alone, and to him let vs continually sacrifice praise and thanks giuing. But therewithall let vs call this to remembrance, In what things thāk­fulnesse con­sisteth. that it consi­steth not in bare words, which priuately some babble out, but that there is requi­red a publique commemoration of Gods benefites, which may be in manner of a [Page 218] confession of oure faithe, yea euen before them also, whiche as yet are not come to the knowledge of God. Then in suche sorte must we frame oure whole life, as that thereby the name of God maye bée glorifyed, lest by our meanes he be euill spoken of, the faith towards whom, with mouth and lips we do outwardly boast. These thinges, as in euery one of Gods benefites they oughte to be obserued, so especially in the worke of our redempti­on, whereof we haue Christ the only au­thoure: who, as he requireth of vs a frée and franke confession of his name, so also in the misticall supper hath he insti [...]uted a solemne commemoration of that his be­nefite, and claimeth vs wholly to hym­selfe: that they, whiche by his merite are redéemed, may offer vp them selues to appeare before him, as a quicke sacrifice, and kepe them selues also vnspotted of the world. Loke Rom. 12. Ephes. 1. &c.

Jonas is re­stored agayn to land.Now foloweth, what effect ensued af­ter Ionas prayers, and godly meditatiōs. And the Lord spake vnto the fishe, and it cast out Ionas vpon the drie land. In a [Page 219] fewe wordes he comprehendeth a very great matter, & suche a one as conteineth in it a manifold miracle: seing that both Ionas is restored againe withoute any harm, out of the whales chawes, through the sharpe ranks o [...] teeth: seing also, that this fishe of so huge a greatnesse, yet found out such a place as from whēce he might cast him euen vnto the land. For we are taughte by experience, that fishes of such bignes very seldome come nere y shoare: or if they so do, that they are not able to recouer againe the maine sea, withoute much dāger. The whole reporte therfore of this matter is euē stuft with miracles, which if they should be called to y e accōpt of mās capacity, wold scarcely be worthy of any credit at al. For y e cause is god mē ­cioned to be y authour of al these things: & as before it was said, y t he prepared this fish to swalow vp Ionas euen so doth the Lord now cōmaūd y e same fishe to restore him vnto lād safe againe. Neither must it seeme incredible, that, at Gods comman­demente, the fishe incontinently did so: séeyng hys worde hathe an effectuall [Page 220] working ioyned therewith, wherevnto all creatures obey. An example hereof is extant euen in the creation of the world, whiche, it is certayne, by the power of God alone, through hys worde, was broughte forthe of nothing: Whyche thing Dauid also in his Psalmes dothe teach, whereas he saithe: By the vvorde of the Lorde vvere the heauens made, Psalm. 33. and all the host of them by the breath of his mouth. For he spake the vvord, and it was made: He commaunded, and it had his beeing. And séeing he of long time before was able to bring vppon E­gypte Frogges, locusts, and all manner of flyes, but vpon the tentes of the Israelites bread from Heauē, and quailes from the Sea: it was also no matter of difficultie for him, to guide this fishe vnto some shoare, wherevnto he might cast out Io­nas safe, and vnhurte. This then is an e­uident argument of the diuine omnipo­tencie, whereby we oughte to comforte oure selues in aduersitie, lest our faythe shoulde be vanquished by the greatnesse of any daungers. For why? That God [Page 221] hath the same dominion ouer the Sea, o­uer the winds, ouer diseases, yea euen o­uer the vngodly, and their prince the de­uill, y miracles of our Lord Iesus Christ giue sufficiente testimonie: who by the might of his word, stilled the winds and the sea, healed sicknesses, cast out deuils, and ouerthrew those that were sente to take him: Yea with one word broughte to passe that they durst do nothing against his disciples.

But chiefly this must be referred to the resurrection of the dead: which, The faithe of the resur­rection, pro­ued. that it was here foreshadowed, was said aboue, whē we entreated of the figure of christ: For it semeth an vnpossible thing to the fleshe, that those bodies shoulde arise a­gaine, whereof some are buried in the earth and so corrupted, some by fire are resolued into ashes, some rotte in the wa­ters: some are dryed in the aire and so wither away, many also are torne in pe­ces of wild beasts, and so become theyr foode. Howbeit we are not here to looke, what fleshly reason will iudge possible, Luke. 1. but what God will haue done, to whome [Page 222] nothing is impossible: as we are taughte not only by y e scriptures, but also by day­ly experience. And he hath made a pro­mise, y t the very selfe same bodies, which nowe we carie about, shall arise againe. For in the 26. Chapter of Esay he saythe: Thy dead shall liue: they that are my bo­dy shall arise againe. Avvake, and sing ye that dvvell in the dust For thy deavv is e­uen as the deavv of greene herbs, and the earth shall cast out hir dead. And in Da­niel it is writtē: The multitude of them that sleepe in the dust of the earth, shall rise againe: some to euerlasting life, some to perpetuall shame and reprofe. Dan. 12. Wherevnto in like manner those things altogether agree, whiche in the Gospell Christe vttereth in these wordes: The houre shall come, Iohn. 5. in vvhich all they that are in the graues, shall heare the voice of the sonne of God, and shall come foorth: they vvhich haue done vvell, vnto the re­surrection of life and they that haue don euill, vnto the resurrection of damnatiō. And in the Apocalipse it is read, Apocal. 20. that both the sea, and death, and hell, deliuered vp [Page 223] their dead. But the time would faile me, if I shuld go about to rehearse all the pla­ces of the scripture, as touching y e resurre­ction of y e dead. Therfore omitting y resi­due, this one thing I adde, that the resur­rectiō is not only groūded vpō the autho­ritie of y e scriptures, but also vpō y e iustice of God, which without it can in no wise stand. For it is the propertie of iustice to giue vnto euery one y e which is his own, & with cōdigne rewards to recōpēce ver­tues, & on y e other side vices with duly de­serued punishmēts. Howbeit it is mani­fest, y t in this present life there is recōpē ­sing either none at al, or else very slēder: for y t the godly oftētimes mourne vnder the crosse, the vngodly triumphing with happy successe. This rewarding therfore must nedes be in the life to come, vnlesse we be minded altogether to denie the iu­stice of God. Neyther can we restrayne it to the soule alone For séeing y t the body is not y e least part both in things wel don, & in things done amisse: séeing also that y e godly are afflicted in body, & againe in bo­dy y e vngodly become sensuall and cruell, therfore must both rewards and punish­ments [Page 224] be repaired in the body it selfe: as Paule hath noted to the Corinthiās. 2. Cor. 5. But why should it séeme so impossible a thing for the dead to arise againe, when as so many examples of that matter are euery where at hand? Is there not in the seede that is sowen, and in the springing vp of the same, an euident figure of buriall and resurrection offred vnto vs? whereof euē Christ also in the Gospell, Iohn. 12. 1. Cor. 15. and the Apo­stle in his firste epistle to the Corinthiās diligently made mention. Do we not sée in the winter time the whole chéerefull countenaunce of the worlde as it were to die, and at the comming on of the newe spring to begin to reuiue agayne? Or, what shall we say of the vnperfect birth? which, when it groweth to perfection, cō ­meth foorth into light out of the mothers wombe, as it wer out of the graue. Sure­ly, these and such other like if we cōferre with the promises of God, we shall the lesse stande in doubte of the resurrection, wherein the chiefe ground of our saluati­on doth consist. Wherefore being stirred vp by the example of Ionas, let vs in ad­uersities [Page 225] call vpon God alone, and ouer­come them all by the hope of resurrectiō in Iesu Christe our Lorde: to whome be­longeth thanksgiuing, honour, glory and dominion for euer. Amen.

The thirde Chapter.

The seuenth Homelie.

THen came the vvord of the lord vnto Ionas the secōd time, say­ing: Vp, and get thee to Niniue into that great citie, and crie out against it the preaching that I bidde thee. So Ionas arose, and vvēt to Niniue, ac­cording to the vvorde of the Lorde. Niniue was a gret citie to god, name­ly of three daies iourney. And Ionas vvent to, and entred into the citie, euē a dais iorney, & cried, saying: There are yet fortie dayes, and then shal Ni­niue be ouerthrovven. And the peo­ple [Page 226] of Niniue beleued God, and pro­claimed a fasting, and araied them­selues in sacke cloth as wel the great, as the small of them.

The argu­mēte and vse of the thirde Chapter. THe whole boke of Io­nas is occupied aboute re­pentaunce, and making manifeste by examples, whiche is the true fourme thereof. Hitherto we haue séene two: of the which the one is set out in the mari­ners, the other in Ionas him selfe▪ either of them teaching, what each one priuate­ly did, when he perceiued the wrath of God to hang ouer his heade. Now follo­weth an example of publique repētance, that the Niniuites vsed: in whose iurisdi­ction the gouernement in a manner of the whole world was at that time. And sure­ly this doing of theirs deserueth very di­ligently to be considered: both for that the historie testifieth their repentance was effectuall, and also for that Christe pro­poundeth this example for vs to followe? [Page 227] shewing moreouer that the Niniuites shall in time to come be their iudges, as many as beléeue not the preaching of the gospell. But chiefly, the due considering thereof apperteyneth vnto magistrates, and thē that haue the ouersight of whole congregations: who here are taughte, that it is their dueties also to traine vp men to publique repentaunce, if they be desirous to prouide for the safetie of such, as are committed to their charge. Which that it may the better appeare, we will viewe euery portion of this historie, as it falleth in order.

The Prophet beginneth this decla­ration, with a newe calling, Jonas is re­stored to his function a­gaine. whereby GOD restored him to his function a­gayne. Whereas also there shyneth foorthe a singuler example of the good­nesse of God.

For seeing that Ionas was become dis­obediēt to the cōmandemēt of God, & had willingly giuē ouer his vocatiō, he deser­ued now to be vtterly neglected of god, or at y e least, to be iudged vnworthy of y e of­fice of preaching any lōger, hauīg by his [Page 228] rebellion brought God in no small infa­mie. Which thing euē Ionas himselfe (as I suppose) did well perceiue: for being nowe set on land againe, he yet attemp­teth nothing after his owne pleasure, or priuate iudgemente. Neuerthelesse God doth here call him the seconde time, and so receiueth him being penitent into fa­uoure againe, that he casteth him in the téeth with none of those thinges, whiche not long before he had committed. The like exāple doth the euangelicall historie set foorth vnto vs by Peter the Apostle, who, although by his denying of Christe, he had cut off himselfe from the dignitie Apostolicall, yet is restored to his office againe, when as with earnest repentāce he returned vnto him. These things serue to our consolation, as ofte as our consciē ­ces are tempted: for they certifie vs, that Gods promise shall alwaies remaine true and ratified, which by Ezechiell he hath published, saying: I vvill not the death of a sinner, but that he tourne and liue. And againe: If the vngodly tourne from hys sinnes I vvill put all his vvickednesse out [Page 229] of my remembrance: All hys sinnes that he did before, shall not be thought vpon. And in Esay the .43. chap. I, euen I am he only, that for mine ovvne selfes sake do avvay thine offences so that I vvill neuer thinke vpon them. Moreouer these kind of examples admonish vs of oure duetie, namely, that we in like sorte pardon the weakenesse of our brethrē, if at any time after their fall, they arise vp againe: and neuer desire with oure seueritie and ri­goure to excéede euen God himselfe. Ionas is sent againe vnto Niniue.

But first of all it is mete, that we dili­gently marke this commaundemente of God, whiche in all pointes is the same with it that wēt before: wherby we may sée, that men with all their endeuoures can nothing preuaile againste God, but that of necessitie it muste be broughte to passe, whiche he hath once decréed to bée done. Arise (saith he) and get thee to Ni­niue, into that great citie. &c. Agayne he maketh mention of greatnesse, to shewe, that he ought not to be afraide by consi­deration thereof, but rather to arme him­selfe to constancie, lest he shoulde com­mitte [Page 230] any thing vnseemely for his office. And here mighte some man meruaile, why God doth so enforce Ionas to preach vnto the Niniuites, seeing he might haue wroughte their conuersion, eyther by some other prophet, or else by other infi­nite meanes best knowne to him selfe. Howbeit, in so doing he commendeth vn­to vs the ministerie of his word, where­by, as by an ordinarie meane, he is wont to conuert men. We know in déede, that the Gentiles were often admonished by wonderous and straunge tokens, but a­mongst his people God would haue the preaching of his word to sound foorth: and bicause in the Niniuites he wold display a singuler shewe of his frée beneuolence, for all men to beholde, wherein also was shadowed the calling of the Gētils, there­fore did he also sende a Prophete vnto them, by whome they mighte be instruc­ted. And notwithstanding the promise be peculiarly made to the faithfull of the newe testamente, Esay. 54. that they shall all be taught of God, who will write his lawes in their harts, Jerem. 31. yet doth he not perfourme [Page 231] the fame without preaching: which both Christe him selfe began, and by whose spirite the Apostles also were guided to publishe, by preaching the Gospell tho­rough out all the worlde. Hereto serueth the example of Cornelius, whome God admonished by an Angell to send for Pe­ter, and by him to heare words of salua­tion. Farewell then all phantasticall heads, that dreame of a certaine vnwrit­ten word, and gase after newe reuelati­ons. For while they contemne Gods or­dinarie meanes, they do nothing else, but proffer themselues to be mocked of the deuill.

Here is also to be marked, Ionas is as­signed, what he must preach. that God telleth Ionas in flatte wordes, what he must preach among the Niniuites. Crye out (saith he) the preaching, vvhich I bid thee.

Yet was Ionas authoritie very great. For he had, before y e time vsed y e office of preaching in y e lād of Israel, & God had cō ­firmed his doctrin by most noble victories in y e time of Ieroboās reigne: He had also declared his fauoure towardes him by a [Page 232] late miracle. All this notwithstanding, God leaueth him not at his owne liber­tie, to speake what he thinketh good, but bindeth him to a determinate comman­demente. The same order was taken al­so with other Prophets, and afterwarde, euen with the Apostles, as otherwhere hath bene saide. Great then is their pre­sumption, who dare rashly thrust in, ey­ther their owne or other mens traditiōs into the Church: but greater is their im­pudencie, who being stirred by no reue­lation of the holy Ghost, but caried away by a blinde carnall affection, take vpon them to denounce vnto cities cruell and horrible destructions, prescribing also a time for the same: as of this sort we haue séene Anabaptists in our age, who were not ashamed to abuse these words of Io­nas, thereby to strike the more terroure into the heads of the simple people.

Ionas is obe­dient to GodBut let vs now loke vpon Ionas, who immediately obeyeth the commaunde­mente of GOD. For it followeth: So Ionas arose and vvente to Niniue, according to the vvorde of the Lorde. [Page 233] This declaration is but shorte, yet suche a one as sufficiently teacheth, how much he had profited in his wrestlyng vnder the Crosse, whereby God had chastened him before. For hée, who not long since had asked coūsel of flesh, was terrified by the resons therof, had made himself yare to flée, & as he was fléeing slept in securi­tie, now hauing hearde the commaunde­ment of God, moueth no disputations a­bout the matter, shaketh of al feare, thin­keth neuer a whit of fléeing, neither yet carelesly settleth himself to rest and ease: but streightwaye ariseth, taketh his iour­ney in hand, and ordereth all his dooings according to the prescripte of Gods ap­pointment. Which very thing the holie Ghost doth meane, when as not without an expresse signification, he sayeth, That he went to Niniue, according to the word of the Lorde. So that Ionas mighte haue sayde with Dauid: It is good for mee, O God, that thou haste brought me lovve. But, that his obedience mighte appeare the more excellente, here is interlaced a description of the Citie of Niniue, with [Page 234] hese wordes: Niniue vvas a greate citie vnto God, namely of three days iourney. Reporte is made of it, that it was greate to God, whiche some writers suppose to be the Hebrue phrase, as those others be, wherein the Ceders of God, & the moun­taines of God, are taken for greate and piked Ceders and mountains. And of set purpose doth the holie Ghoste vse suche maner of speakings, to giue vs instruc­tion, that it muste be ascribed to God a­lone, whatsoeuer in this world is excel­ling or surmounting the residue.

But bicause this addition great, is here set to with this parcell or letter Lamed, which oftentimes is a signe of the datiue case, I consente rather vnto their iudge­mente, whiche interprete that Niniue was great, not onely by the estimation of men, but also by the estimation of God. And surely it must néedes be great vnto God, séeing that therin he had appointed the chief seate of the monarchie, which in no place else endured so many ages: seing also y t therin he thought good to shewforth a singular proof, both of repentance, & also [Page 235] of his owne goodnesse. As touching that, whiche is reported of thrée dayes iorney or circuite, it accordeth with the prophane writers, which tel, that it was in mesure foure hundreth furlongs, which make vp the summe of fiftie myles. We haue here to behold the noble corage of Ionas, who, when as before tyme he had felte Gods iust & mighty hand, yet now without any gaynsaying, he sheweth himself obediēt.

Let vs imitate this Prophete, and by no kinde of impediment be pulled backe from performing that duetie, wherby we are bounde vnto God. Ionas entreth into that citie, whiche had conquered so many Nations, and was ladie ouer the whole East: and hauing walked therinto a days iourney (peraduenture standyng in the middest therof) he cryeth out: There are yet fortie dayes, and then shal Niniue be ouerthrovven. And héere thou mayste not thinke, that lyke a madde or brayn­sicke fellowe, with confused and fonde clamoures, hée thundered oute these on­ly wordes: but as in describing of the ser­mons of Iohn the Baptist, and Christe, [Page 236] the Euangelists do only note the sumni [...] of that, whiche with many wordes they dilated: so doth Ionas here touch the chief and principall point of his owne sermon, in expressing wherof, he hath vsed a very exact declaration of all the circumstances. And as much as may be gathered by the order of the historie, firste of all he fette forth his owne vocation, that the Nini­uites might vnderstand how he was sente vnto them from God: then afterwarde accused he their sinnes, and shewed them that they had deserued within forty days vtterly to perishe, with their Citie and nation.

We haue here in this place to obserue howe great the outragiousnesse of sinnes and wickednesse is, in Gods sight. For se­ing that there is nothing derer vnto God than man, whom of his frée grace he crea­ted at the beginning, and béeing lost, re­déemed him afterward again by the bloud of his sonne, horrible of necessitie muste that guilte be, whereby hée is moued to turne vpsetdowne whole nations toge­ther. Nowe that this guilt is none other [Page 237] than our sinnes, wherwith naturally we are delited, and of many men are scarsly thought blame worthie, it is more mani­fest, than that it néede with many words to be declared.

And as touchyng the Niniuites, that they deserued this terrible sentence, only in respect of their sinnes, euen God hym­selfe testifyed in the beginnyng of thys booke, when as he willed Ionas therefore to crie out against them, bicause their cō ­sent in wickednesse was come vp into his sight. So then hereout lette vs learne, to iudge of the maners of this our age.

At this day reigne the selfe same wic­kednesses, which (as before was sayde in the first Homelie) reigned among the Ni­niuites. But so much the worser plighte are wée in, for that in them wée are be­come so obdurate, as that we can not a­bide to haue oure selues called into the right path againe, neyther by gentle ad­monitions, nor by sharpe threatenings, yea I may say truly, neither by manifest tokens of God now béeing angrie, nor yet by his plagues that he layeth vpon vs.

[Page 238]And suche is the peruersnesse of a greate sorte, that they dare blame, of too muche rigour and crueltie, the preachers of gods worde, if at any tyme they take in hand, somwhat seuerely to rebuke vices.

Howbeit, I am greatly afrayd, least a greate sorte of vs, beeing more soft than is méete, sowe pillowes (for so the Prophet termeth it) vnder the armes, Ezech. 13. bothe of our selues, and also of those that are commit­ted to our charge, which in tyme to come, wil be the cause of a common destruction vnto all. For were it our pleasure to con­fesse a truthe, wée can not denie, but that this our age craueth bothe for Ionasses & Iohns, whiche mighte as it were, poynte out with the finger, the destruction nowe néere at hād, & the axe alreadie put vnto the roote of the trées for vs that can not repent: lest God require the bloud of as manye as perishe, at oure owne handes. Looke Ezech. 3. and .33.

The Nini­uites beleue, and are con­uerted.But to retourne againe to our Ionas, his preaching was not without efficacie: For the people of Niniue beleued God, and proclaymed a fastyng, and arayed [Page 239] themselues in sackcloath, as wel the great as the small of them. In a fewe wordes he comprehendeth that notable chaunge of this so great a citie, which in the wor­des following he will declare, & set foorth more to the full. Fyrst he sayth, They be­leeued God. Yet was it Ionas that prea­ched vnto them, who (as we are assured) was but a man. Howebeit they beléeue God, and not men, as many as with faith embrace the worde that is preached by men. For that word of Christe is well i­nough knowne, wheras he sayth: Luke. 10. He that heareth you heareth me. And the Apo­stle cōmendeth the Thessalonians in this respect, that they receiued his doctrine, 1. Thes. 2. not as the worde of man, but as the worde of God. And bycause the Niniuites belée­ued Ionas, when he preached the worde of God, therefore not without good rea­son, is it sayd, that they beleued GOD himselfe. And this truely is the begin­ning of true Repentaunce and saluati­on. For as many as beleeue God, they both acknowledge theyr syns to be such, as they are estemed in gods iudgement, [Page 238] and also from them they conuerte vnto God, as whom they perceiue to be full of clemencie & mercie. And certainly, of this vncurable conspiryng in wyckednesse, whiche reigneth now adayes, and wher­by all men runne into ruine, there is no other cause to be alledged than this, that there are verie fewe, whyche giue vnto the worde of GOD that credite, that of righte it deserueth to haue. Secondely, these Niniuite do also testifie their faith by outward workes. For streight waye they proclaime a common fast, and araye themselues in sackcloath.

These were in olde tyme the badges of outwarde repentance: and were now moste conuenient for the Niniuites, who (without all doubte) sinned chiefly in su­perfluitie, in intemperancie, and in hau­tynesse of mynde. For it maye eui­dently appeare, that they toke vnto them an earneste purpose to haue these faul­tes redressed, séeing they begynne nowe wyth them selues altogether a newe trade of lyfe. Of these thinges we haue spoken more in our commentaries vpon [Page 241] Ioell, and shall haue occasion offered, to speake more of them, in the nexte home­lie: wherefore these fewe words for this time may suffise.

In this their example we shall haue to obserue, The mightie force of the word of God. how great the force and efficacie of the worde of God is. These Niniuites whether ye haue respecte vnto them, or vnto Ionas, had al things heaped togither, which mighte be any hindrance to theyr saith, and repentance. For their parents, of whome they were borne, were Idola­trers, they themselues were nursed vp in superstitions, and euen to that day had vtterly wanted the perfecter light of the knowledge of God. Besides all this, they were become proude, by reason of theyr welth and conquests: yea they were euē puffed vp with a vaine trust in their mo­narchie, whiche nowe had flourished, for the space of a thousand and thrée hundred yeres. Neither were there wanting in this so superstitious a nation, the craftie illusions of the deuill, wherewith he had hitherto bewitched them, to perswade thē selues, that all things shuld remaine [Page 242] in estate good inough. To these men came Ionas, being a man that was a straunger borne of a people both hated and counted enuious, hauing acquaintaunce with none of them, neither yet set out with a­ny outward glory: and he bringeth a mes­sage, which, as it was excéeding sowre to delicate eares, so (if we will harken to carnall iudgemēt) rather was the messan­ger to be pitied, thā his message to be be­leeued. For who could possibly perswade him selfe, that this most flourishing citie, where against no ennimie at all was re­dy to make battaile, mighte in so shorte space be destroied, and ouerthrowen? Yet were all these difficulties ouercome by saith, which nowe shined in their minds, by a serete working of the holy ghost: by the which as soone as they are stirred vp, forthwith they examin their owne liues, they loke vpō the nature of God, they call to mind the former examples of his olde iudgements: and bycause they espie, that many other nations haue sodeinly come to ruine for the same causes, they rightly gather, that their owne end wil be after [Page 243] the like sorte, vnlesse with spéedy and vn­feigned repentance they appease Gods wrath. In the example of these men we sée, which is our way to walke in at thys present. The worde of God is preached, which both reproueth our wickednesses, and stirreth vs vp to repēt. Let vs heare it attentiuely, examine oure manners & whole conuersation of life thereby, amēd those things which hitherto we haue don amisse, turne with our whole herts vnto God, and call for his grace: so shal he mer­cifully receiue vs thorough Christ Iesu: to whom belongeth thanksgiuing, honor, glory, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The eight Homelie.

ANd the tidings came vnto the king of Niniue, which arose out of hys seate, and did hys apparrell off, and sate hym dovvne in ashes. And it vvas cried, and comman­ded in Niniue, by the authoritie of the King, and his Lordes, say­ing: See that neyther man, nor [Page 244] beast, oxe or shepe tast ought at al: & that they neither feede, nor drinke vvater, but put on sacke cloth both man, and beaste, and crie mightely vnto God: Yea see, that euery man turne from his euill vvay, and from the rauenous extorcion that he hath in hand. VVho can tell, vvhether God vvill tourne and repente, and cease from his fierce vvrath, that vve perish not? And God savve theyr vvorkes, hovve they tourned from their vvicked vvaies, and he repented on the euill, vvhich he said he vvold do vnto them, and did it not.

The garu­ment and vse of this presēt place WHereas oure Lorde Iesus Christ maketh de­claratiō vnto the Iewes of the repentance of the Niniuites, he dothe not only reproue the Iewes for their contu­macie, but also thereby exciteth all men, if they be desirous to prouide for their [Page 245] owne safetie, to folow the example of this citie. So then this historie is very wor­thy to be considered, that by it we maye learne, what is required of vs, both pri­uately, and publikely to be done. In those things, which in the former homelie wer expressed, Ionas propounded the summe of the whole matter now in hand: name­ly that the Noniuite beleeued God, and turned vnto him, testifying their repen­tance with outwarde signes, that is to say, with publique fasting and murning. In this he setteth out more at large, how and after what sorte they perfourmed it: for he maketh mencion both of the exam­ple that the king him selfe gaue, and also of the open proclamacion: whiche béeing done, he describeth the fruites of thys their repentaunce.

First he saith, Ionas preaching came to the king that the tidings came to the king of Niniue, that is to witte, the report of Ionas preaching, wherwithal he had euen filled the greater parte of the citie. For it is the maner of kings to haue many eares, many eies, and many hāds, namely officers, by whome they know, & [Page 246] administer all things. And such of neces­sitie they must haue, for that themselues without further helpe neither cā be pre­sent euery where, nor suffise for the good ordering of all matters And here euen at the first is to be séene a token of a realme well gouerned, in that the counsellours and other officers of the court withoute any further delay make relaciō to y e king of this matter being of so great weighte, although otherwise not so pleasant to the eare, and then, that although they iudge the matter to be suche, as it is méete the king shoulde haue knowledge of, yet do they not lay hold vpon Ionas, nor accuse him as a disturber of the commō welth, before the thing be thoroughly consulted of: but plainly, and withoute any frande make they report, what is a doing in the citie. Farre otherwise is the manner in many Princes courts at this day, when as in a manner the whole deuise of them that are to giue coūsell, is, to make kings effeminate, and to drawe them a way frō cares touching the common estate, that they may thēselues rule al at their owne [Page 247] pleasure. Hose. 7. This fault Hose as also complai­ned of, in the kings that liued in his time. Such kind of counsellors haue euermore an eye, that Princes may vnderstande of nothing that mighte seeme gréeuous and vnpleasaunt vnto them: but that euen in common daungers they may giue them­selues carelesly to bankettyng and pa­stime. They are therefore euer tickling their kings in the eares, if there be offred any occasion to followe voluptuousnesse: as did in time paste they that were to­ward Pharaos court, who bewraied vn­to him the beautie of the woman Sara, Gen. 12. being but a stranger. Howbeit if any shal in good soth vtter such a thing, as may tēd to a commō safetie, that either scoffingly they iest at, or else dishonestly reiecte and with hearts full of enmitie reprochfully raile at. Thus commeth it to passe, that such as giue faithfull warnings, are thro­wen in prison before there be had any cō ­sultacion for redressing of matters, & are constreined to pleade their owne cause in cheines, whiche in very déede tooke greatest care for the common wealthes preseruation. They that thus behaue [Page 248] themselues, are nothing else but plagues in common weales: as cōtrarywise those aforesaid counsellours of Niniue, by their faithfull report making, saued both them selues, and their king, with the whole realme besides. This then ought magi­strates chiefly to be vigilant vnto, name­ly to haue about thē trusty officers: who, all desire of falsely accusing laid aparte, would diligently marke all thinges, and fréely giue notice of such, as threatē Gods wrath, and vtter destruction to common wealthes, by reason of sinne. Let them also take diligente hede, least inconside­rately they listen to suche, as are wont to accuse the ministers of Gods truthe and worde, to be the authours of seditions. For seeing the worlde cannot abide the lighte of Gods worde, there shall neuer wante some, who would wishe to haue it cleane put out. And for this cause did Paule giue warning aforehande, that there should no accusation against an el­der vnaduisedly be admitted. 1. Timo. 5.

The king is stirred vp by the preaching of Jonas.But what doth the king? Is he full of indignation and furie, for that a man, [Page 249] which is but a stranger, taketh vpon him so muche authoritie in that Citie, where was appointed his owne royall seate? Doth he send forth his sergeants, and cō ­maunde him to be caried to prison, leaste by his talke, the people be stirred to raise a commotion? No. But immediately he aryseth vp from his royall seate, he put­teth off his kingly attire, he setteth him downe in the duste, and besides all this, by an open proclamation, he stirreth vp all his subiect [...]s to repentance.

Wonderfull was this chaunge, and suche as scarsly deserueth to be credited, if a man behold the maners and dispositi­on of kings, with whom nothing is more disagréeing, than the studie of humilitie: in somuche that they themselues are not afrayde to be causers of horrible warres, rather than any thing should be dimini­shed from their regall authoritie For see­ing that they are deceiued by the pleasant lures of flatterers, and so accompt them­selues as halfe Goddes, exempting theyr own estate from the common sort of men, they iudge it an vnsemely thing, that euē [Page 250] in most extreme daungers they shoulde commit any thing at all, which might be thought to giue some resemblāce of faynt courage and feare. Wherby it cōmeth to passe, that they dare set themselues not onely against men, but also euen against God. The example therfore of this king is worthie of great admiration But such is the maiestie of the worde of God, that being once admitted to take place within the heartes of men, streightway the holy Ghost working therwith, it renueth, and altreth the whole man. And euen at this present, by an euident example, is that saying of Paule proued true, wheras he affirmeth, 2. Cor. 10. that by the spirituall weapons euery high thing is caste downe, whiche exalteth it selfe against God. Now if any refuse to giue place vnto this worde, and wil stubburnly struggle against it, Psalm. [...]. such at length by the iron scepter of Christe are brought vnder, and become examples for other men to take héede by.

Here therefore, lette vs diligently ob­serue, what plagues men of oure tyme are worthie to vndergo, who béeing from [Page 251] their chyldehoode trayned vp in the Chri­stian religion, and hearing bothe Christe and his Apostles, still preaching vnto them dayly, yet with no admonitions or examples, can be broughte to amende.

But aboue al, the example of this king is worthie of remembraunce, The dutie of magi­strates. as by the whiche all Princes are put in mynde of their duetie. They are ordeyned of God, both to vphold his worship, & also to main­taine common peace: whiche that they may the better bring to passe, God hath committed vnto them his owne statutes, least eyther by ignoraunce béeing decey­ued, or by blynde affections caried away, they shoulde treade out of the right path. First of al therfore, they must suffer gods woorde to haue a roomth amongest them, and not thynke them selues exempte from that duetie of obedience, whereby all other degrées of men are bound there­vnto. To this ende woulde God haue Kings well acquainted with the booke of the lawe: Deut. 17. the precepts wherof they folo­wed diligently, as many as the Scriptu­res make mētion were allowed of God. [Page 252] Secondly, they must also thēselues shew foorth example of godlinesse vnto the peo­ple. For in asmuch as the moste parte of men couet to please their kings, what o­ther thyng make they their chief practise, than to imitate their manners? So that that saying of the Poet, is found true:

As Princes mynde to chaunge their way,
Th'vnconstant people vse to sway.

Wherfore in two respectes is honestie of lyfe required in Magistrates: bothe for that it is meete for thēselues, and also for that they muste take diligent heede, least by their owne exāple, they bring others in like maner to offend. And this is the rea­son, why the Prophets trauailed so much in reprehending the maners of Princes, euen for that they can not sinne without giuing of common offence vnto many. But bicause all men do not of their owne accorde performe their dutie, neyther fo­lowe the examples of good Princes, the thirde thing necessarie to be had, is good lawes and ordinances, wherby they may pricke forward such as are dul, and bring in subiection those that are rebellious.

[Page 253]Howbeit, then shall lawes haue greatest authoritie, if the people may vnderstand, that they agrée with Gods word. If ma­gistrates were bente thus to deale nowe adayes, we should see a notable and frute­full chaunge, of all degrees and sortes of men. Magistrates make their greatest complaint in a maner of their disordered licentiousnesse among the people: Causes of disorder a­mong the people. but in the meane while very fewe doe rightely weigh the causes therof: amongst which these two are the chiefest, namely, the contempt of Gods word being preached, and the euill example that is shewed.

And either of these springeth from the magistrates, as from the fountaine, and from thence is spread abrode among the common people. For let any one be na­med among the whole number of Prin­ces, whiche earnestly thinketh in his minde, that he ought to be subiect to the worde of God. Many in déede there be, that can be contente to admitte it. But when? Euen at suche tyme, as it putteth them in any hope of carnall libertie, and not otherwyse. And thus commeth it to [Page 254] passe, that they themselues shewe euill example: and as for lawes, eyther they make none at all, or if they make any, by their owne naughtie lyues, they pull a­way al y e authoritie, so being lyke vnhus­bandly husbandmen, that breake downe the hedges, whiche earewhyle they had sette vp.

The kings proclamatiō for repētanceBut it shall be méete, that we through­ly view the kings proclamation, whiche consisteth of two principall parts. The first telleth what must be done. The se­conde conteineth a cause thereof. As tou­ching the first, he cōmandeth three thin­ges. The firste is a publike confession of repentaunce, 1. There is enioyned a publike pro­fession of re­pentance. which (as lately we decla­red) consisteth chiefly in fastings, and mo­destie of apparell. For as men do often­times bewray their wantōnesse by ban­ketting, and riottous attiring of themsel­ues, so if at any tyme they perceiue, that God is angrie with them, they are bound to testifie the same by abstinence & tem­perance. This then is the kings cōman­dement, y t aswel men as beasts, & al kind of cattel, absteine from meate and drink, [Page 255] and put on sackcloath. It mighte séeme a thing worthie of derision here, whiche is spoken as concerning beastes and cattel. But we must think, that all liuing thin­ges are created for mans behoofe, and that therfore do appeare by thē tokens both of Gods wrath & also of his fauour. Againe, seing the vngodly by meanes of their bea­stes and cattell, and vnmeasurable hun­ting of wyld beastes, do make as it were open bragges of their excesse and pryde: It is méete, that euen by the same they shewe proofe afterwarde of their humi­litie, whereby they submitte themsel­ues to God, when he correcteth.

Moreouer, this is a matter of greate moment, to moue vs to repentaunce, if euen in brute beastes we consider the to­kens of Gods wrath, which by our owne sinnes we haue prouoked. Neyther may it séeme straunge vnto vs, that this king of Niniue coulde perceiue these thinges, sith the verie Gentiles and Heathen peo­ple had dayly experiences herof in their Sacrifices, whyche they offered for the purging of their sinnes.

[Page 256]Howbeit, here by the waye, let vs tho­roughly obserue, that all these outwarde things can nothing auayle in Gods sight, except they be directed to their ende and meaning, which is, that we beeing whol­ly contrite in hearte, offer vp oure selues a quicke sacrifice vnto him. For if there lye hidden any counterfaite dealing, we shal rather offend God, who being Truth it self, can away w c no coloring or deceyt. So then these things do nothing help the Papistes cause, who would place repen­tance it selfe in these outwarde thinges, which neuerthelesse for the moste parte deceiue, except they be directed by a true faith. Secondly, the kyng warneth his subiectes to fall to prayer, saying: Lette them crie myghtily vnto god. He nameth but one God, so that euen hence a man may gather, that bothe hée was loathed with feigned gods, and that Ionas also in his sermons did often beate in, among o­ther his sayings, the iudgemente of the one and verie God. His requeste is, for mightie cryings of the people vnto God, that is, feruente and vncessant Prayers: [Page 257] and séeing that he giueth admonition of them, it may sufficiently appere, that he attributed not so muche to those external exercises, whereof lately was spoken, 3. He requi­reth amend­ment of lyfe and maners. as to beleeue that they were able to satisfie for sinnes. Thirdly he addeth: Yea, see that euery man tourne from his euyll vvays, & from the extortion that he hath in hande. In these wordes hée toucheth the chiefe point of repentance, which cō ­sisteth in turning to God, & amendement of lyfe. This worde, vvaye, signifieth the maner of life, that they embraced, being in all degrées most corrupt. But aboue all other, he thought good to make mention of their extortion, bicause therin they chief­ly offended. For as by rauine and oppres­sion they were clymed vp to so high a top of dignitie, so also that their welth might suffise for their riot and intemperancie, they dayly put in vre strange oppressiōs, & inuented new kinds of legierdemaine, as wherby they might draw other mens substance to themselues. In his mention making therfore of their euill way and extortion, his meaning is to enioyn them [Page 258] to abstein frō al such kind of rauenies. &c.

Now in this second part, he adioyneth to the former sentence these wordes, in maner of a reason: VVho can tell vvhe­ther God vvil turne, and repent, and cease from his fierce vvrathe, that vvee perishe not? These are not the wordes of a man that standeth in doubt, though they séeme so to be, but rather of an earnest faithe, wrestling betwene hope & feare, and are to be restrained to the temporall punish­ments, which Ionas had denounced vnto the Niniuites. For although the faithfull do nothing wauer, as touching the grace of God, and remission of their sinnes, yet when they consider, that God is iust, and themselues are sinners, they are not so sure to be released of the plagues, which God nowe and then bringeth vpon them to correct them withall, as in the exāple of Dauid wée doe see. Moreouer, the ac­knowledging of their sinne causeth them to be modest, so that as muche as apper­taineth to the punishmēts in this world, they wil not arrogātly limite God what he should do, but rather submitte them­selues [Page 259] wholly to his pleasure. Looke the sixt Homilie vpon the seconde Chapter of the Prophete Ioel.

By this example we are admonished, An excellent way to auoid punishments. which is the best way to auoyde punish­ments euen nowe hanging ouer our hea­des. And that the same consisteth in re­pentance, we are taught out of the Scri­ptures: which béeing proprely a conuersi­on vnto God, aboue all things requireth faith: for except it be present, we shall ne­uer be conuerted vnto him, but faint and quayle, being ouercome with the terrors of his iustice and maiestie. Nowe thys faith by diuers outwarde tokens sheweth it selfe foorth, while as men abstain from synne, become humble, and pacientely submitte themselues vnto God at suche tyme, as he doth correct. These things would haue ben consulted of now at this day, when as we are with so many dan­gers on euery side beset. But, O the fro­wardnesse of this our age, both vncurable & past all hope of recouerie. This king of Niniue although he had taken in hand so holy a purpose, yet can not be carelesse, [Page 260] neither dare he promise his subiects that al shal be safe: but now a days whē as by reason of idolatrie, abhominable supersti­tions, extortions, deceits, oppressiōs, riot, intemperancie, whoordomes, adulteries, bloudshed, and all kinde of wickednesse, all is brought oute of order, yet play wée the wantons in securitie: thinking oure selues to suffer intollerable iniurie, if any one somewhat fréely reprehendeth these vices. And yet in the meane season so dol­tish are we, as to thinke, y t Gods plagues may be auoyded by the policies of man: whiche notwithstanding will nothing a­uayle, vnlesse this way of repentance be it, that we mynde to walke in.

The effectes of true repentance.Now foloweth the effect of the Kings proclamation and publique repentance of the Niniuites, God savve their vvorkes, hovve they tourned from their vvicked vvayes, and he repented. &c. It is sayde, how that God saw their workes. What were they? Namely that they turned frō their wicked ways. So then the prophets meaning is of their conuersion to God, whiche (as before was sayde) sprong of [Page 261] faith, & not of outward ceremonies: ther­fore this place can nothing helpe theyr cause, which would grounde iustification vpon works & merites. And God repen­ted on the euill, that is to wit, on the pu­nishement whiche he had determined to bring vpon them. But how may repen­tance be ascribed vnto God? sith y t as he is eternall, so also he knoweth all things, & is alwayes the selfe same one, withoute chaunging. Euen after the maner of men is God sayd in the Scriptures to repent: for that when as men are chaunged, he also altereth the sentence, which before he had pronounced. Neither may we accoūt this to be inconstancie, forasmuch as his promises and threatenings, are for the most part conditionall, though the condi­tion be not always expressed. Howebeit, this example being considered, oughte to stirre vs vp to repentance. God will as wel sée it in vs, as he did in the Niniuites, neither wil he neglect vs being conuerted vnto him: Yea, this same God will vn­doubtedly healpe oure afflicted estate, al­though al things might séeme far beyond [Page 262] all hope of recouerie. Suche lyke exam­ples as this is, are euery where to be foūd both in holie and prophane histories.

Let vs learn to folow these Niniuites, and foorthwith we shall finde God merci­fully inclined vnto vs, through Christ Ie­su our Lord: To whome belongeth than­kesgiuing, honoure, glorie, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The fourth Chapter.

The ninth Homelie.

THerfore Ionas vvas sore discon­tent and angrie vvithin himself. And he prayed vnto the Lorde, and said: O Lorde, was not this my say­ing (I pray thee) when I vvas yet in my countrey? therfore I hasted ra­ther to flee vnto Tharsis. For I knevve vvell inough that thou arte a GOD of greate goodnesse, mer­cifull, [Page 263] long suffering, and of muche kindnesse, and repentest vvhen thou shuldest punishe. And now O lord, take my lyfe from mee (I beseeche thee) for it is better for me to dye thā to liue. Then sayd the Lorde: Doest thou vvell in beeing so angry with­in thy selfe? Hovvebeit Ionas gate him out of the citie, and satte downe on the Easte side thereof: and there made him a boothe, and sat vnder it in the shadowe, tyll he myghte see vvhat shuld chaunce vnto the citie.

WEe haue alreadye heard, The argu­mēt and vse of this fourth chapter. how at the prea­ching of Ionas, the Ni­niuites were conuerted, and so eschued the indig­nation and plagues of God now béeing redie to haue fallen vpon them. We ler­ned in that example, how great the good­nes of God is: and that he wil in like sort be merciful vnto al that turne vnto him.

[Page 264]Now foloweth the last part of this hi­storie, whiche conteyneth in it two thin­ges. Fyrste what mynde Ionas was of, when he sawe that God spared the Ni­niuites, and in howe gréeuous maner he tooke this goodnesse of God. The other is how he was reprehended by God: who therwithal giueth open testimonie of his fatherly good affection toward mankynd. And this parte also belongeth to the doc­trine of repentance, which is the whole scope of this booke. For it teacheth, howe the Saints and holy men somtimes after they are conuerted from their sinnes, and haue tasted of the grace of God, yet fall a­gaine, and neuerthelesse feele God verie gracious vnto them. From whence there may also be fetched a most effectual cōso­lation against those that denie repentāce, and gods grace vnto suche, as after their first cōuersion, slide again into sinne: and by this meanes, violently hurle men in­to desperation, whom of dutie they ought rather to lyfte vp, and confirme wyth the promises of grace. This errour hath ben of anciēt time, y e author wherof was [Page 265] one Nouatus, a prieste of the Churche of Rome, about the yeare after Christs incar­nation two hundreth and fiftie, and was in times past occasion of no litle disquiet in the Church. Now a daies it is renew­ed againe by the Anabaptists, who make in a manner the whole drifte of all theyr endeuours, to bring confusion into cōgre­gations, and by wonderfull terroures of conscience to drawe away simple men vnawares, from the communion and fe­lowship of suche Christian assemblies. Wherefore the considering of this chap­ter may not be negligently passed ouer in any wise.

The firste thing here described, is Io­nas offence. He vvas sore discontente, and angry in him selfe. Here are expressed two affections, namely griefe and anger, which spring of our naturall corruption, and cause men to committe heinous of­fences. How farre awrie these affections were in Ionas, it may manifestly appere, by the occasion whereof they sprong. He was discontente for that God spared the Niniuites, vnto whome, at his owne bid­ding, [Page 266] he had denounced destruction. So then Ionas contenciously fighteth against the will of God, and by that meanes sin­neth very grieuously. But so muche the more heynous is this offence, for that he is not only discontent with the determi­nacion of God, but so is he discontent that he also sorroweth in his minde: yea and that againe in suche sort, that he is angry also, bycause the matter falleth out other­wise, than he before had said it should do. And séeing euery iote thereof depended vpon Gods pleasure, we must néedes ga­ther, that he was angrie euen with God him selfe. But what thing can be more shamefull, more arrogante, and more de­testable, than that man, which is mortal, foolish, and a sinner, should with blind and rash furie, storme against God, who is e­ternall, who knoweth all thinges, and is most iust? Surely this horrible trespasse is so great, as that there can be broughte or imagined no causes so honest, so iust, or so necessary, as may excuse the same. But let vs sée, what moued Ionas to be so much displeased at Gods doing. First, [Page 267] he perceiued, that the fame & honoure of his name stode now in some hazard, and that it wanted not much, but that thence­forth he should be accompted a lying pro­phet, and very vaine. Besides this, he iud­geth it an vnworthy thing, that the grace of God should be extended also vnto the Gentiles, whiche the Iewes thought pe­culiarly to belong to thēselues and none other: peraduenture also he stode in some doubte of his owne countrey men, bicause he had conueyed ouer the worde of God euē to heathē people, and was the causer, both that they conuerted, & also that they were partakers of so great grace. For it is not vnknowen vnto vs, how arrogātly the Iewes looked alofte, by reason of their prerogatiue, and how cruelly they had al other nacions in despite: sith euen in the Apostles times they that beléeued were angrie with Peter, bycause he wente in, Acts. 11. and preached to the Gētiles: & Paule also had this obiected vnto him, as an offence worthy of deathe, Acts. 21. that he had broughte in mē vncircumcised into the temple. Ney­ther do I doubt, but that Ionas cloked this [Page 268] priuate affection of anger, wherewithall he was so muche moued, with this plau­sible pretence. By the whiche place we are put in mind, how greatly the affecti­ons of the flesh can preuaile in vs, but es­pecially, if they put on a shewe of religi­on: for then they forcibly drawe man a­way past all bounds of séemelynesse and honestie, yea rather of godlinesse it selfe. So did the Apostles by a preposterous zeale, folowing their affection, desire, that fire might be sente downe from heauen, thus coueting to make Christe the mini­ster of their reuengemente, who to thys ende was come into the worlde, that he might saue men. Luke. 9. A diligente re­garde therefore must be had, lest we mixe our zeale to religion with the affections of the fleshe: whiche same thing hath oftē times deceiued men, bothe good and very holy.

Ionas falleth to quarelling with God.For Ionas is not onely angry, but so muche féedeth he the humoure of his sor­rowe and anger, that he frameth a grée­uous complainte against God, wherein he goeth aboute to accuse him, and to ex­cuse [Page 269] his owne flying away, yea for the whiche not long before he had suffred so sore punishment. O Lord (saith he) vvas not this my saying (I pray thée) vvhen I vvas yet in mine ovvne countrey? &c. He fashioneth his talke in manner of a prayer: howebeit very bitterly dothe he prefer his owne iudgemente, before the ordinance of God For so dealeth he, as though he shoulde say: Thou thoughtest, that I did vnséemely and disloially, when as, bycause I would not come to Niniue, I soughte to resigne ouer thy seruice, and made redy to flee vnto Tharsis. But they were weightie causes, that draue me to take this voiage in hande. For euen then did I see, what would come to passe. I knew well inough, that thou arte gentle and mercifull: whereby I easely coniec­tured, what would be the sequele: name­ly, that the Niniuites being once conuer­ted vnto thée, thou wouldest draw backe thy hand, yea though it wer redy & stret­ched out to smite, and by that meanes set foorth not only mine owne authoritie, but also the certeinty and truth of thy word, [Page 270] to be laughed to scorne of the vngodly. Therefore thought I it wisdome to flée, lest any such thing should happen. &c. Let vs now (in good sooth) take a viewe, howe many and how great sinnes méete here togither. First of al, that offence of fleing, whereof he had before repented, he nowe beginneth a fresh to cōmitte, whiles that so presumptuously he defēdeth it, and by defending thereof, accuseth God of wrōg­full dealing, bycause, as he was a fleing, he had laid so sore a punishmēt vpō him. Besides this he preferreth his own wis­dome before God, laying to his charge vnaduised rashnesse, for that he sent hym euer to the Niniuites, hauīg not first per­fectly proued, what the end of this matter would be. Againe, he blameth God for those his most cōmendable vertues, gen­tlenes, mercy, bountifulnesse, and lōg suf­fering Moreouer, so y t his owne estima­cion might be aduanced, he could be con­tente to haue the most excellente citie of the whole world quite ourthrowen. Ney­ther doth he here stay himselfe, but that he also wisheth for death, seing there re­mayneth [Page 271] no other way wherby to remedy so great a displeasure. Take my life frō me (I beseech thee) for it is better for me to die, than to liue. Nowe, in so speaking he sinneth very greatly. For in as much as the life which we haue, we haue it not of our selues, but by the gifte of God, it is not conueniente, that we should take in hand, to leaue it off at our owne priuate pleasure: but rather it becommeth vs to be redie, therewith to do God seruice, as long as he will haue vs in this stage play to play our parte. The same affection did God long since reproue in Helias, whē as he vpon like occasion desired to die, that he might be dispatched of those troubles, cares, and daungers, that he sawe him­selfe cōtinualy molested with al. And this is a great argumēt of our frowardnesse, in y t our life being y e gift of god, yet we in maner disdaine to vse it to Gods glory. For as soone as any thing is to be aduentured, or don for gods cause, by & by we be wée­ry of our life, & had rather die: but whē as god wold haue vs to die for maintenāce of his glory, straite way we redéeme the [Page 272] vse of this present life with filthy denyal of Christes name, & faith: neither do we couet for any other respect to prolong our life, than that we may satisfie our abho­minable pleasures. This erroure sprin­geth from this fountaine, namely, that we weigh neither life, ne death, in a iust balaunce. These things haue I entreated of Ionas somewhat the more at large, not bycause I haue a delighte to blemishe the fame of the Saincts, or holy men, but for that in their falles there shine foorth no­table tokens of the grace of God, and the considering of them serueth much for our instruction.

Men natu­rally are corrupte and sinfull.For firste of all those kinde of people, learne to acknowledge themselues, who swelling with the confidence in theyr owne strength, séeke for saluation in thē ­selues, and being to muche carelesse neg­lecte their owne dueties. And that the knowing of a mās owne selfe is not the least point of true wisedome, the Heathē people in old time did well vnderstande, when as they iudged that saying of Chi­lo, knowe thy selfe, worthy to be engra­uen [Page 273] in Apollos temple, at Delphos. And truly, seeing that by naturall instincte mē are geuen to please thēselues, scarcely is there any thing of greater difficultie, thā that we should acknowledge this corrup­tion, so nere of kinred vnto vs. And this corruption appereth most euidently, in the examples of the Saincts For when as we sée, that they haue sinned, whome God of his singuler grace chose to be ves­sels of his glory: who will not confesse, that Adam hath begotten his posteritie after his owne image, and that all the works of man are naught euen from hys cradle, Ge. 5. &. 8 and that we haue not power of our selues so much as to thinke any thing that good is. 2. Cor. 3. Very profitable is it there­fore, ofte and diligently to consider the sinnes of holy men: for by that meanes, both we shal haue our owne fleshe in sus­pition, not suffering our selues to be ca­ried headlong, by the reasons thereof: and we shall also ascribe all the glory of oure saluation and redemption, to God alone, not vaunting our selues against him, by a vain trust in our owne merites. Here­to [Page 274] serueth it, that y e Lord God by Esay in his .43. Chapter with great maiestie pro­nounceth, against such as bost in the righ­teousnesse of mā: I, euē I am he only, that for mine ovvne selfes sake do away thine offences, & forget thy sinnes, so that I wil neuer thinke vpon them. Put me now in remēbrance (for vve vvil reason togither) and shew, vvhat thou hast for thy selfe, to make thee righteous. Thy first father of­fended sore, and thy teachers haue sin­ned against me. &c. These things also did y e saincts wel obserue, whē as they praid, that God wold not enter into iudgemēt with them, nor yet marke their iniqui­ties. Loke the Psalmes. 143. and 130.

The opini­on of the Nouatiās is confuted.Besides all this, as we gaue warning in y e beginning, hereby is confuted that o­pinion full of desperation, which the No­uatians, bothe of auncienter time, and of later continuance, wold bring in, who de­nie repentāce & remission to such as haue once fallen, if they fall again, and if (as it is prouerbially spoken) they stumble at y e same stone, wherat they stūbled before. They abuse certen places of y e scripture, but especially that which is conteined in [Page 275] the epistle to the Hebrues, whereas the Apostle writes thus: It cānot be, that they vvhich vvere once lightned, The place of the sixth to the He­brues ex­pounded. and haue ta­sted of the heauēly gifte, & vvere become partakers of the holy Ghost, and haue ta­sted of the good vvorde of God, & of the povver of the vvorld to come, if they fall avvay, should be renevved againe by re­pētance as concerning themselues cruci­fying the sonne of God a freshe, and ma­king a mocke of him. For the earth which drinketh in the raine that commeth ofte vpon it, and bringeth foorth herbs meete for thē that dresse it, receiueth blessing of God. But that grounde vvhiche beareth thornes and briers, is reproued, and nigh vnto cursing, vvhose end is to be burned. These wordes in some parte mainteine their assertiō: but to those y t rightly looke vpon the matter, y e errour wil steightway appere. For first of al y e Apostle speaketh not of euery kinde of sin, nor of euery de­nying of the faith, but of the sinne against the holy Ghost, which they cōmitte, who, after they haue bene lightened by the word of God and holy spirite, and so haue layde holde vppon Christ, and thorough [Page 276] him true saluation, yet of purposed mali­cious mind cast him off, bicause they pre­ferre the worlde and the loue thereof be­fore eternall life. To such as these are, e­uen Christe himselfe denieth, that theyr sinne shall be remitted: and of the same is it that Iohn speaketh, saying: There is a sinne, 1. Iohn. 5. for vvhiche say I not, that a man should pray. And that this is it, whereof the Apostle to the Hebrues doth mean, we are taughte by that diligent rehersall whiche he maketh of the enlightning, of the heauenly gifte, and of the powers of the world to come: all whiche things are allotted vnto vs by the holy ghost, whom also he expressely nameth. So then with­out good aduisemente do they extend that to euery fall, whiche the Apostle speaketh of this only kind of sin. Again, his words are not simply of repentaunce, but of re­newing or regeneration: the efficiēt cause whereof is the holy Ghost, and the ende repentance: which newe birth cōprehen­deth the whole life of man, & ordereth it according to the prescripte of Gods will. And such as sinne against the holy ghost, [Page 277] he denieth, that they cā be renued to this repentance: so doth he both shew that the cause of this vncurable mischiefe is in thē selues, and also acquiteth God of all ble­mishe of crueltie. In prouing whereof, he vseth two arguments. The first is, that they whiche of purposed impietie haue shaken Christ off, haue no remedy lefte, whereby to recouer saluation againe, ex­cepte God should afresh giue his sonne to be crucified, and made a mocking stocke. But bycause God will neuer do so, ney­ther stādeth it with equitie, that he shuld appointe a newe merite of saluation vn­to such, as haue reiected the former: ther­fore is it vnpossible, that the same men should be renewed, and receiued into fa­uoure againe. The other argumēt he fet­cheth from their disposition and nature: declaring, y t these kind of men are of their number, from whom we can hope for no­thing that good is. And here he vseth a fine parable. As the nature of the soile is knowne by the fruites that come thereof, and most certeinly that is blessed of god, whiche being watered with shoures be­commeth [Page 278] fruteful: but cōtrariwise it is a manifest tokē of cursed and desperate ba­rennesse, if neither by shoures it can be softned, nor yet by laboure tilled, to yelde encrease: So, if any be of such wilfull ob­stinacie, as that there can be no good done amongst thē by those meanes of the holy ghost, wherby God is wont to enlighten his children, to draw them, & make them partakers of saluatiō, what further hope may be cōceiued of thē? by what meanes can they be repaired and wonne agayne? For sith the holy ghost alone hath the iu­risdictiō, & authoritie ouer our minds, past all hope (of necessitie) must their malice be, which either refuse to giue him place that he may enter, or wickedly cast him off again, hauing bene once admitted in. Howbeit far otherwise is the conditiō of the elect, to whome the same happeneth, which by experiēce we sée in y e good soile. For as in it somtime through carelesnes of y e husbandmen, ther grow vp nettles & briers, yet abideth it tilling, and these be­ing once rooted out, it receiueth good séed: So also the godly & elect, being ouercome [Page 279] with the fantasies of the flesh, neglecte y e trauaile about their owne minds, and by this occasion there spring vp of al sorts of vices in them: yet, when as afterwarde they are tilled a new by the word of god, and made frutefull by the seede thereof, they brīg forth frutes worthy of their cal­ling. And to this effect serue y e examples whiche are euery where set foorthe in the scripturs. Dauid being restored after his adulterie that he had committed, yet fal­leth againe, & being become proud by nū ­bering of y e people, prouoketh gods wrath against himselfe: yet being penitent, God receiueth him into his fauour. We réede also y t the Apostle Peter, Gala. 2. whē as after his denying of Christ, he was restored again to his function Apostolicall, yet fell after­ward into another errour, & went not the right way after the truth of y e Gospell: all this notwithstanding, y e Lord did not cast him away, for that he was cōtēt to heare wholsom admonitians, whereby he was called into the right way again. What? dothe not Ionas at this presente stumble at his olde stone, while as nowe he ex­cuseth [Page 280] his former euill done déede, and heapeth vpon it both more and grieuou­ser offences? But doth God (I pray you) depriue him of all hope of pardon? No. He doth rather, after he hath friendly repro­ued him, teach him to be of a better iudg­ment. Neither do we speake thus muche to that end, that ther might be a window opened for wickednesse, & as though wée wold make a lawe to haue sinne vnpu­nished: but to stay and hold vp weake cō ­sciences, whiche, being amazed with the outragious disputacions of certaine fan­tastical men, incline euen to desperacion.

A descrip­tiō of God, out of Ex­od. 34.And this our iudgemente is not a litle confirmed to be true by this present de­scription of God, whiche Ionas here vna­wares bringeth out of the lawe, against himselfe, and whiche alone mighte haue ben able to haue confuted his errour. For if he knewe God to be suche a one, what follie was it to blame him for y e, which he is accustomed to do by his own dispositiō & nature? Who being well in his wittes woulde be angry with the fire, for y t it is hote: or with y e water, bicause it is moist? [Page 281] Howebeit it will not be vnprofitable for vs, to looke vpon the properties here ascri­bed vnto God, that the cōsidering of them may kindle a loue of him in our heartes, and minister consolation vnto vs in oure temptations. 1. Hee is a God of great goodnesse. Fyrst he calleth him a God of great goodnesse, meaning that hée is suche a one, as that he is moued by a na­turall fauoure (for so I maye terme it,) to wishe vs well. Of whiche fauour this is an euidente argumente, for that of his frée grace he hath created vs: and truely to this ende hathe he created vs, that hée might haue some, whom he might make partakers of his owne goodnesse. Second­ly, God is mercyfull, yea rather, 2. Mercifull. if we be­holde the liuely signification of the He­brue worde, he hath in him the bowels of pitie, so that he can not but be greately moued with oure miseries, and rayse vp himselfe to come and helpe vs. For seing he is a Father, he is ledde with a fatherly affection towarde vs, yea rather with a motherly inclination, than the which no­thing can be more tender or feruent: as is declared by the historie of the two wo­men, [Page 282] striuing before Salomon for the li­uing childe. And this motherly loue hée professeth of himselfe in the .49. chap. of Esay with these words: VVill a vvoman forget the chylde of hir ovvne vvombe, and not pitie the sonne vvhom she hath borne? And though she doe forgette, yet vvill I not forget thee. &c. And Dauid in lyke sorte commending the same mer­cie of God, in his .27. Psalme, sayth thus: VVhen my father and my mother for­sake me, the Lorde gathereth me vp. Thirdly, Ionas mencioneth, that God is Long suffering▪ 3. Long suf­fering. as not caryed with hastie anger and furie to reuenge, but graūting space of repentance, euen to such, as alre­die deserued to be punished. Examples hereof are extant in those men that liued in the first age of the worlde, in the Cha­nanites, in the Egyptians, in the Israeli­tes: and at this day haue we good experi­ence of Gods long suffering, both in com­mon for al, & priuately euery mā in him­selfe. Fourthly, Ionas testifieth him to be Of much kindnesse, 4. Of muche kindnesse. that is to say, A most boūtiful benefactor, such a one as ouerslip­peth [Page 283] no occasion, wherby to do vs good, & poure out dayly vpon vs those his trea­sures of goodnesse, which neuer can be cō ­sumed. For who is able to number al his benefites, which euery day he bestoweth bothe on the bodie and on the soule. By his bountifulnesse cōmeth it to passe, that all creatures are occupied aboute our ser­uice: not onely the terrestriall, but also the celestiall, yea the verie angels, whom the Apostle calleth ministring spirites, Heb. 1. sent forth to minister for their sakes, whi­che shal be heires of saluation. 5. He repen­teth when he shoulde take punishement. Fyfthly he sayth, that God repenteth when he shuld punishe, signifying therby that he is not rigorous, and suche a one as will not bée entreated: but that rather he turneth a­way those plagues which alredie he hath thretned, if we turne vnto him, & call for his mercy. This might be made euident by many examples, but bicause to them y e are conuersant in the scriptures, they doe euerywhere offer thēselues, there is litle néede, why we should tarie any longer in rehersing of the same. Lette vs obserue these properties of God diligētly, not that [Page 284] folowing Ionas example, wée may fynde faulte with them, but that we may stay our selues vpon his goodnesse, loue him, and neuer suffer our selues to be drawne awaye from the seruice of this so louing a Father.

God rebu­keth the en­uying zeale, & indigna­tion of JonasNow must we sée, what answer God made to Ionas. Doest thou vvell (sayeth he) in being so angrie vvithin thy selfe? He vseth such an interrogatiō, as wherby he doth bothe greately reproue him, and also very strongly confute him. As though he shuld say: Thou séemest in thyne own iudgemēt to haue iust and weightie cau­ses why thou shouldest be angrie and fu­mishe. But examine straightly (I praye thée) how well thou doest so. For if I bée of suche nature, as thou haste sayd I am, wherfore shoulde the Niniuites féele mée after an other sorte? Or what is thy de­sert, that I shoulde haue greater respecte to thy honour, than to myne owne Na­ture and glorie? Shall I become cruell, least thou shouldest séeme a lyer? Or thin­kest thou that I want meanes whereby to work thine indemnitie, though Niniue [Page 285] remayne still safe. &c. These and suche lyke infinite matters doth this shorte ad­monition conteyne: and therwithall also here shineth forth the wonderfull goodnes of God, whereby he so paciently beareth with our complaintes and murmurings, that he thinketh no scorn to render a rea­son of his dooings, euen to suche as were rather worthie of punishmēt themselues. Yea, in good sooth, what man are you ha­ble to shew, that with so great myldnesse, can suffer his intents and doings so to be checked, as God is wonte to beare oure foolehardinesse in taunting him? Dayly doe we gaynsay his iudgementes, dayly doe we moue questions, whereby eyther his goodnesse is accused, or else his righte­ousnesse called in doubte. Yet doth God beare it, and in the Scriptures maketh moste friendly answeres vnto all these thinges. Howbeit very profitable will it be, if that which here is spoken to Ionas, euery man wil thinke spoken to himself: and as often as he brusteth out into suche outcries, to consider vpon this question: Dost thou vvel in being so angry within [Page 286] thy selfe? What art thou that openest thy mouth against God? Sayth the clay to the potter, vvhy hast thou made me on this fashion. &c. They that in this maner be­haue themselues, shal eftsoones perceyue rising vp in their mindes a greater light of the diuine knowledge: which wil easi­ly put to flight these bragging mistes of carnal confidence and trust.

But what dothe Ionas? For all that he had heard thus much, The contu­macie of Io­nas. yet can he not be at rest, but getteth him out of the citie, and on the Easte side thereof, maketh hym a boothe that he mighte thence see, vvhat should betide therof at y e length. No dout he cast in his minde no other thing, than the vtter ruine and ouerthrowe of the ci­tie. So farre doth carnall affection carie him cleane away, that he longeth to be a minister rather of death than of lyfe, to them, whom God before had appoynted him a preacher vnto. Worthie him selfe to haue perished for the Citie.

Horrible was this obstinacie: by ex­ample whereof, wée are to be stirred vp, least headyly wée giue scope to our owne [Page 287] affections: but let vs feare God, and put all our hope of Saluation in his mercie, thorough Iesus Christe oure Lorde: To whom belongeth thankesgiuing, honour, glorie, and dominion for euer. Amen.

The tenth Homelie.

AND the Lorde God prepared a vvylde Vine, and caused it to spryng ouer Ionas, that hee mighte haue shadovv aboue his head, to de­lyuer him out of his payn. And Io­nas was exceeding glad of the vvyld vyne. But vpon the morovv, against the spryng of the daye, the Lorde ordeyned a vvoorme, which smote the vvylde vine, so that it vvithe­red avvaye. And vvhen the sunne vvas vp, God prepared a vehement vvind, and the Sunne beate ouer the heade of Ionas, that he faynted a­gayne, and vvished vnto his soule, [Page 288] that he might dye, and sayde: It is better for me to die than to liue. And God sayde vnto Ionas: Doest thou vvell in beeing so angrie vvithin thy self, for the vvyld vine? And he said: I doe vvell in beeing angry vvithin my selfe, euen vnto the death. And the Lord said: Thou desirest, that the vvyld vine should be spared, vvher­on thou bestovvedst no labour, nor madest it grovve, vvhich vvas a bud but of one night, and faded avvaye in an other. And shoulde not I then spare Niniue that great citie, vvhere­in there are aboue an hundreth and tvventie thousande persones, that knovv not their right hand from the left, beside muche cattell?

The argu­mente and vse of this present place AS Ionas, when hee was sente to Niniue, of­fended by disobediēce, and for the same was greuous­ly punished of god: So not [Page 289] long after, whē he séeth that God is mer­ciful vnto the Niniuites bycause they are conuerted vnto him, he sinneth againe, and surely more heinously, than he hadde done before. For first of all, being forcibly caried away by meanes of griefe and an­ger, that sinne, whereof before he had re­pented, afresh he reneweth. Secondly, he accuseth the counsell and iudgemente of God, rashly preferring his own wisdome before the wisdome of God. Thirdly, al­though he were admonished, yet dothe he not giue place, but still breathing after murther and bloudshead, he fixeth bothe his mind and eies toward the destruction of y e citie. And all these things are so much the more outragious, for that so farre is he blinded with ambicion, that he setteth his owne honour before the saluation of mē, & wold haue God become euē a minister of his priuate ambition. These things are very horrible, but they are written to oure behoofe: that by them we may ac­knowledge firste oure owne corruption, and then Gods grace, whiche is alwayes redy to pardon, as ofte as we turne vnto [Page 290] him. Nowe followeth Gods apologie, whiche may in some sorte be accompted in the number of those whiche be called * Chriae, bycause it consisteth of a thing done, whiche afterwarde God him selfe expoundeth, and euen in suche a sorte, as that he conuinceth Ionas, by the very te­stimonie of his owne mouth. The ende and vse of this whole place is, to let vs vnderstande, that the iudgementes of God are both iust, and good: and that they do greatly erre, as manye as following their own blind affections speake against the same.

God by a thing done indeede o­uercōmeth Jonas.Firste, let vs behold the very déede of God, whiche he vseth in confuting and instructing of Ionas. He bringeth forth a vvilde vine, and not without a miracle, in one nights space raiseth he it vp to so great an height, that it ouershadowed Io­nas head.

Great disputation was kepte in times past about this word, whilest some wold haue it to be a gourd, other some called it Iuie: and as yet there are to be séene Au­gustine and Hieroms epistles bearing [Page 291] recorde of this controuersie, although it were a matter vnwoorthy to gyue cause of contention to so great men, or to stirre vp suche disquietnesse in the Churche. Howebeit thence it may well appeare, that in all ages euen the most excellente and picked out ministers of congregati­ons haue in some pointes shewed them­selues to be men, and that therefore we oughte the lesse to be offended at thys daye, with suche contentions as nowe do arise.

But if any thing here may be spoken according to coniectures, they séeme not to iudge muche amisse, who suppose it to be The apothecaries call this Rici­nus by ano­ther name Cherua. Ricinus: for as this plante doth easi­ly grow, and by the height thereof, and broadenesse of the eaues, geueth a ve­ry large shadowe, so the Gréeke worde, soundeth verie néere to Kikaion, whyche among the Latinistes signify­eth Ricinus.

And yet bycause it is sayde, that it grewe vp in one nighte, I suppose, that either it was some new kinde of shrub, or at the leaste suche an one, as oure [Page 292] countries be not acquainted with, and is fittest to make barbers or bowers with­all. But to what purpose were it to dis­pute, or contend about the name, seing it skilleth not what it was, so that we con­sider the vse and end thereof, which God obserued in bringing of it forth? For sithe that Ionas boiled nowe in a melancholie chase vnsemely for him, sithe also the bo­wer whiche he had made for him selfe, peraduenture defended him not suffici­ently from the heate of the sunne, God would chéere him vp with some comfort, whereby he mighte the easier asswage the smarting thoughts of his mind, if out­wardly no painefull thing came néere to his body. Although in the meane season he also hadde respecte to another thing, namely, that by the sodeine and vnloked for withering away of the shrubbe, he mighte drawe foorth the impaciencie of Ionas, and so hunt out an argument euen of his owne mouth, whereby to confute him. And this is the cause, why God also immediatly the nexte daye prepareth a worme, which by his deadly biting of the [Page 293] roote, or stocke of the shrubbe, mighte make it to wither away. Neither doth he only robbe Ionas of this most plesaunte shadowe, but he procureth a loude or ve­hement winde also, whiche mighte more encrease the heate of the sunne, suche as the East is in manner wont to be, Eurus, ab v­rendo. which amongst the Hebrues (as also among the Heluetians) toke his name of burning, as other where we haue saide. So then the boiling heate of the sunne beate vp­pon Ionas head, that he soundeth away for sorrowe, and desireth to die: whiche thing gaue God occasion to deale with him, as afterward it shall followe. Nowe before we wade any further, let vs sée, what there is, that beside the state of this Chria ought to be marked.

Firste of all, God is gree­dy in getting occasions, whereby to amend vs. we haue here to consider the goodnesse of God, who with so greate desire, watcheth an occasion, whereby to conuince Ionas of his erroure, and to call him to a better mind, that was now van­quished by the affections of the fleshe, and set on fire through impaciencie and griefe of minde.

[Page 294]This is a common thing with God, that he taketh vppon him selfe the care of vs, when as we neglecte, bothe him, and our owne saluacion. So in old tyme firste soughte he Adam vp, and with the promises of a Messias to come, recreated him being sore astonished with the ter­rours of sinne.

Likewise when as Dauid was care­lesse and redy to perishe in his inordinate luste, God sente in vnto him Nathan, to stirre him vp with a very fine parable, and maruellous fitte for the purpose. And such like examples may euery wher be founde, yea we ourselues haue dayly experience of the like, when as he pul­leth vs by the eare, either by meanes of his word, or by the admonitions of oure friends, or by the reprochefull checks of oure ennemies, or by other vnwonted chaunces, that we may be mindfull both of oure sinnes committed, and of oure dueties, and so study to come in fauoure with him againe.

Wherefore whatsoeuer suche things shall happen, they must dilligently be [Page 295] marked: least while we neglecte them, we also suffer losse of oure owne salua­cion.

Moreouer, we are admonished, All things encrease & decrease at Gods a­pointment. that at Gods becke all things come and go. For as in the beginning he created of nothing the whole frame of this worlde, and afterwarde cladde the earthe with all kinde of plantes and cornes, and also by the power of hys worde broughte foorthe things hauing life, some liuing on the earthe, some on the water, and some other flying in the aire, and all for mans vse: So dothe he alone dayly by his di­uine power create, and preserue all thinges, that serue to the susteining of mans life.

This thing are we taughte by manye places of the Scripture, amongst whiche those are chiefly worthy of remembrāce, which are conteined in the Psalmes:

Thou O God, (saithe Dauid) sen­dest the springs vvhiche become riuers, that they may runne among the hilles. All beastes of the fielde drinke thereof: and the vvilde asses quenche their thirst. [Page 296] Beside them shall the foules of the aire haue their habitaciō, and sing among the branches. He vvatereth the hilles from aboue: the earthe is filled vvith the fruite of thy vvorks. He bringeth foorth grasse for the cattell, and greene herbe for the seruice of men. That he may bring foode out of the earthe, and vvine that maketh glad the hearte of man: and oile to make him a cheerefull countenance, and bread to strength mans harte. Psalm. 145. Thou openest thy hand, and satisfiest the desire of all liuing creatures. And againe in the 147. VVhich couereth the heauen vvith clouds, and prepareth raine for the earth, and maketh the grasse to grovve vppon the mountaines. VVhich geueth fodder vnto the cattell, and feedeth the yong ra­uens vvhen they call. VVhiche geueth snovv like vvool, and scattreth the hoare frost like ashes. &c. But as he alone libe­rally geueth all these things, & that with­out any laboure: so is he able also sodein­ly to take thē away, and to leaue vs desti­tute of al things necessary, if so be, that ei­ther our sinnes deserue it, or it be nedeful [Page 297] for vs that way to be instructed. For the same which here chaunced to Ionas, na­mely to haue his wylde vine (than the which at this instant he estemed nothing déerer) taken away from him, by the gna­wing of one little worme, wée also haue often in experience: séeing that one frost or hayle falling within the space of one houre, is of force inough to take vp the in­crease of an whole yeare: one lightning comming down from heauen, or burning rising of some other causes despoyleth vs of all our substance at once: yea, we our selues in a maner not knowing how our great wealth and abūdance melteth away, euen within our handes. Neither hathe God the ordering of these thinges alone, but also he stretcheth out his hand as farre, as to oure bodies: and by hym commeth it to passe, that eyther to muche heate, or vnmeasurable colde, Diseases are sent vnto vs from God aboue. or corrupt humours bréed diseases in vs, wherwith­all we are brought so lowe, as that we sée euen death before our eyes. He himselfe beareth witnesse hereof, whereas Exod. 15. he sayth: If thou shalt keepe all myne [Page 298] ordinances, I vvill put none of these dis­eases vpon thee, vvhich I brought vpon the Aegyptians. Again Leuit. 26. I wil vi­site you vvith terrour, svvelling and bur­ning feuers, that shal make your eyes da­sell, and your hearts to pine away. And in an other place: The Lord shal strike thee in the knees, and in the thighes, vvith a mischeuous botche, vvhiche can not bee healed, from the soale of thy foote vnto the croune of thy head. &c. And in this respect are sicknesses in the scriptures cal­led by the name of scourges, euen for that they are not layde vpon vs at all aduen­tures, but by the singular determination of God, whose custome is with them to threshe out the wantonnesse of our fleshe, that he may the easilier hold vs in doing of our dutie. Very profitable is it for vs, diligently to be conuersant about the con­sideration of these things, that we maye vnderstād, how that both prosperitie and aduersitie are sent vnto vs from God, as well the one as the other. For so shall it come to passe, that neither we shal abuse the comfortable gifts of god, nor yet mur­mure [Page 299] in féeling of our plagues, which we are assured to be layde vpon vs, by the iuste iudgement of God.

Howbeit let vs passe ouer to Ionas, Ionas passeth measure both in ioy, and also in sorow. & sée what maner of man he shewed himselfe: First, as soon as the wild vine was sprōg vp, he is glad, & that not after a competent sort, but so that he is almost beside himself for ioy. For that dothe the Hebrue phrase importe, which maketh mention that he reioyced with great ioye. But as sone as he perceiueth it to be withered away, and that he himself is tormented with the in­tollerable broyling of the sunne, agayne he sorroweth, and retourning to his for­mer complaintes, wisheth to die. Neither stayeth he there, but béeing demaunded of God, moste stoutely defendeth he that his rebellyon, and cryeth oute that hée hathe bothe iuste and v [...]yghtye cau­ses, why hée shoulde bée offended. I doe vvell (sayeth thée) beeyng very angry in my selfe, euen vnto the deathe, that is to say: The causes of my wrath are so weightie, that I am not withoute good skill wearie of this my lyfe, and oughte [Page 300] to preferre death before it.

The force of affections.By which example we ar taught, how greate the force of affections is, sith that they are so muche able to preuayle, euen in holy men and worshippers of God, as that they are not afrayde openly to sette themselues against God, and do many o­ther things vnsemely. For who will not accompt it a verie chyldish thing, that so great a Prophet is so ioyfull of a shrubbe, as that he doth not once thinke, for what vse God made it. And his dooing is not only childish, but also foolish: for y t when he sawe it withered awaye, he is as sore disquieted, as though there were none o­ther shrubbe left thoroughout the whole worlde, or that the lyke chaunce neuer hapned before. Now, where as he is an­grie for such a things sake, as hath no life, he deserueth the name of a mad man: but where as he quarelleth with God, his do­ing is ioyned with manyfeste impietie. The selfe same things are at this day al­so put in practise very commonly. For if ther happen any thing vnto vs, according to our owne desire, streightway we giue [Page 301] our selues to such an excessiue reioycing, as y t we neither acknowledge God to be the bountifull giuer of this good thing, nor yet ponder in our mindes, what vse wée ought to take therof. But if it so fal out, that God plucketh awaye the same from vs againe, forthwith we are in such sorte swalowed vp with sorow and heuinesse, that we run headlong into desperation, as though in the whole world there could no way be deuised, wherby to releue our necessitie. Nowe, if any man dare be so venturous, as to reproue and blame this our follie and impaciencie, then are wée not ashamed to defende our owne cause, and to bring oure action against God, as though contrarie to right and equitie hée had taken from vs somewhat, that was our owne before. As for example sake, if any die, with whome by béeing conuer­sant, we haue before tyme reaped muche cōmoditie, or such as by nature are with a néerer bloud of loue linked vnto vs, na­mely parentes, children, wife, kinsfolkes, and those also that haue stand vs in stead of suche. The like is to be séene also, if [Page 302] our goodes be either burnt with fire, or by tempestes ouerwhelmed, & so perishe, or if we féele any other losse of our substāce. And this verily is not only an vnséemely point, but also very farre dissonant from the dutie of a christian. In déede it is lau­ful in aduersitie to lament, to be sory, and to complaine therfore: (for God hath not made vs stones or stockes, as though wée should be touched with no féeling of grief, yea wée reade also, that euen Christ him selfe wepte, was heauie vnto the deathe, and made an heauie complainte vpon the Crosse) yet suche a christian moderation is therwithall to be vsed, as may lifte vp our myndes somwhat higher, to the con­templation of the iudgements of God: so shal we streightway not only vnderstand that he hathe doone all thinges, both with Iustice, and also in good order, but ther­wyth bée driuen to confesse, that the cor­ruption of oure Nature didde enforce, that hée shoulde deale wyth vs, as al­readye hée hathe doone, and no other­wyse.

But what dothe GOD at this pre­sente? [Page 330] According to his owne goodnesse, although Ionas moane were farre out of square, God ouer­commeth Io­nas, by the testimonie of his owne mouth. yet is he contente to beare there­with: howbeit that is doone in such sort, as that euē by the testimonie of his owne mouth, he conuinceth him of sinne and errour, that he was run into: and also set­teth foorth vnto him the true meaning & vse of this Chria. Thou (sayeth he) desi­rest that the vvylde vine shoulde be spa­red, vvheron thou bestovvedst no labour nor madest it grow, vvhich vvas a budde but of one night, and faded avvaye in an other. And shoulde not I then spare Niniue that great Citie. &c. He vseth a comparison, wherein both he conferreth Ionas with himselfe, and also the wylde Vine with Niniue, and the rather to per­suade, he maketh manie membres of this comparison. Fyrste, thou whiche art a man mortall, not in thyne owne power or libertie, wouldest haue the wilde vine spared, by the shadow wherof thou enioi­edst some pleasure: and should I, which am an Eternall God, and Lorde of all things, not spare them whome I allow, [Page 304] and whose repentaunce verie greatly I delite in? Again, thou wouldest haue the wilde vine spared, whiche is but a shrub without sense: and doest thou accompt it as a fault in me, for that I spare a Citie, whiche consisteth of men, for whose sake I created not onely shrubs, but also hea­uen and earth together, with all things conteyned therin? Thou didst but headi­ly loue this wylde vine, whiche grew vp without thy labour & trauayle: and shall not I beare louing affection to the Citie Niniue, which through me is come vp to so great a renoume? Besides this, thou art sorie for a little plant, whiche sprong vp in one nightes space, and withered a­gaine in one day: but in the meane sea­son woldest haue Niniue ouerthrowen, whiche attained vnto that maiestie that now it hath, scarsly in some hundreth ye­res. Moreouer, the wilde vine with the shadowe thereof, was profitable to none besides thy selfe: whereas Niniue is in maner of a shadowing harbour for ma­ny thousands of people, liuing vnder the defence of it, & may also hereafter serue [Page 305] to set forth my glory. Againe, the wilde vine was a shrubbe that bare no frute: but in Niniue, besides men and women that are come to full grouth, there are an hundreth and twenty thousand infants, and an innumerable store of cattell also, which may be applied to very great vse. Finally, the wilde vine perished alone withoute the damage of any other thing: but Niniue by hir ruine should drawe to destruction togither with it selfe many o­ther cities, and in a manner the whole empire of the East. These and suche like matters are conteined in this compari­son: whereby Ionas is so conuinced, as that he hath nothing lefte him, whereby to shape God an answere againe. Howe­beit there are in this place some things, that deserue singularly to be considered.

First, The goodnes of God to­ward such, as murmure against him selfe. here shineth forth the incredible goodnesse of God, who so paciently bea­reth with this Ionas, although he were a quareler, and rebellious. Neither dothe he only beare with him, but also instructeth him: yea he attempereth himselfe to the stubbornesse of his nature, and in suche [Page 306] sorte dealeth with him, as that (whether he will or no) he wresteth out of hym a confession of the truth, and so calleth him from his wandering home, into the right way againe. Where (I beséech you) is such a master to be found, that will with so great lenitie beare with his seruaunt? yea although he were suche a one, as whose seruice he could not be withoute. The like goodnesse of God brightly she­wed it selfe in time past towarde Dauid, whome by Nathan he broughte to that passe, that after the same sorte he confes­sed his owne detestable facte. And in the Gospell Christe dothe likewise conuince Simon of his erroure, Luke. 7. and beateth backe the arrogante confidence in oure owne righteousnesse. Adde herevnto, that he so conformeth him selfe to our rudenesse, as that although most fondly we questi­on, and sometime also very bitterly we scoffe at those things, which he speaketh vnto vs, yet for all that can he not abide so to be kepte off at the staues ende: but many times, either dissembling the mat­ter, or else frendly and couertly blaming [Page 307] this our péeuishnesse, he cōtinueth stil the giuing forth of such lessons, as the know­ledge wherof is very necessarie vnto vs, for the obteining of saluatiō. Of this leni­tie many exampls are to be found in the gospel: amōgst which those especially are excellent, & very comfortable, which are propounded in Nichodemus, and the wo­man of Samaria. Loke Iohn the .3. and .4 Cha. Both these points before mēcioned we haue at this day commōly in good ex­periēce, sith that either outwardly by ex­amples, or inwardly within our mindes, by the inspiratiōs of y e holy ghost, he bea­teth vs down, whē we murmure against him. When as againe we either mala­pertly contemne y e doctrine of saluaciō, or shamefully séeke to infame it, yet doth he not so giue vs ouer, but chaungeth him­selfe as it were into al formes, & leaueth no trade of teaching vntaken in hand, whereby to make vs apt scolers redy to receiue his instructions. But suche is our owne frowardnesse and the vnhappie estate of our age, that all this notwith­stāding, many will not giue place, who in [Page 308] time to come shall suffer seuere punish­ment, for such contumacie.

An exam­ple of the prouidence of God.Then, is there againe set forth an ex­ample of the deuine prouidence, where­by all things, as well litle as great are so kepte togither, that it is vnpossible for any thing to be without the limits there­of. For besides that manifest arguments thereof were plainely to be séene in the winds, in the sea, in the whale, and last­ly in the wild vine sodenly sprong vp, and as soone withered away againe: nowe at this present he testifieth that he hath not only a care ouer the Citie, but also he bringeth in a certaine number of infāts, and doth moreouer make mencion of cat­tell, as which he could not chose but haue some regard of. As touching infants, that God is carefull for them, the Scripture doth euery where teach, and especially Christ, who affirmeth, that certaine An­gels are appointed vnto them, and that the kingdome of God dothe belong vnto them. So then the madnesse of the Ana­baptistes is the rather to be hissed out, who driue away childrē (as though God [Page 309] had nothing to deale with them) from the congregation, whiche is the outwarde kingdome of God. Here also by the ex­ample of God are condemned suche, as take no care ouer the children, whome themselues haue begotten: and do either shamefully neglecte them, or as yet more, by their vngracious bringing vp, and e­uell example corrupte them. Let them (in Gods name) call to minde what pu­nishmente they are worthy of, by the iudgemente of God, who is so farre from hauing vs to neglecte oure children, that he hathe ordeined especiall lawes for beasts and cattell, yea euen for the yong birds. Loke Exod. 20. and .23. And Deute. 22. &c. In the meane season let there from hence be fetched a consolation, bothe for parents, and also for common wealthes, whiche thinke the multitude of children or people to be suche, as may not well be borne with all: and do therefore stande in dread, least they should become destitute of things necessarie. God knoweth the certaine number, how many dwell in e­uery family and Citie. He is not igno­rant [Page 310] also, what things they haue néede of. And the same God which féedeth the birds of the aire and prouideth pasture for the cattell, will not be carelesse ouer such as depend vpon him. Math. 6. &c.

The iustice of God, who moderateth the rigoure of his iudge­ments, with mercie.Besides all this, let vs thoroughly marke the iustice of God, who dothe so moderate the rigoure of his iudgements with his mercie, that no man can iustly vtter any complainte against him. For if so be that he hath regarde to infants, and cattell, yea euen at such time, as he intendeth to cut off whole cities by the rootes, who can doubt, but that he hathe an especial respect vnto all and singuler the Godly, who for the most part haue wicked and vngodly mingled amongst them? So in times past saued he Noe frō the floud, and Loth from the burning of Sodome. And when as he brought hys plagues vpō Egypt yet according to his wisdome he knew, how to make a diffe­rence betwene his ennemies and hys owne people, lest they should be wrap­ped in both the one and the other, in the like calamities. Let this be marked of [Page 311] them, whiche (being offended with that vniuersall licenciousnesse in sinning, that now a daies reigneth euery where) stande in dread, that them selues do in vaine study after godlinesse, seing they also of necessitie must perishe with the vngodly. The cause of this erronious doubt is, for that they measure God by their owne braine: and bycause them­selues can see no way howe to escape, therefore they suppose, that God also wanteth meanes, how to saue and deli­uer those that are his. Howbeit farre o­therwise is the maner of Gods dealing, who calleth those things that be not, Rom. 4. as though they vvere, and sodenly out of darknesse can bring forth light: neyther suffereth his iudgements at any time, to be caried with a blinde and vnconside­rate violence. Which that we may the better vnderstand, he hath set foorthe ex­amples of this matter, euen in those thinges whiche séeme to be wroughte, yea rather are wroughte in déede, by the lauful course of nature, and ordina­rily. For although the earth doth vnto [Page 312] the vpper region of the aire euerywhere make deliueraunce of vapours, whyche be the matter wherevpon the rayne is made: yet doth not the rayne water the earth euery where at once, but it is go­uerned at Gods becke and pleasure, to rain vpon one citie, and not on an other: As before wée haue hearde declared in Amos chapter .4. So lykewyse when the hayle falleth doune with terrible storme, so as it shoulde séeme to laye all thinges waste, bothe farre and wyde, yet is it no seldome séene thing, that in one and the selfe same coast of a countrey, some mens fieldes and vineyardes are beaten flatte with the grounde, some other mens re­mayning vnhurt and vntouched. But he that taketh this héede in things withoute lyfe, shall we think, that he goth on with blynde rage agaynst men?

Hereto accompt, that euen in the ouer­throwes of Cities and nations, all are not in the lyke hazarde at all tymes. For it commeth often to passe, that whylest some myserably perishe, other some fynd fauour among their enimies, and are ad­uaunced [Page 313] amongst them to great estima­tion and honor: as the examples of Hie­remie, Daniell, and his fellowes, wil suf­ficiently teache vs.

And among the Turkes manye suche thinges haue hapned: as they can make reporte, who at any time haue bene con­uersant with them. Yea, notwithstan­ding sometime Cities verie populous are horribly destroyed, together with the in­fantes, women, and olde aged men there­of, yet dothe not this hinder the matter. For God dothe not (for all this) passe the bounds of Iustice and mercie. For if af­ter the rule of the law we examine all A­dams posteritie, of what soeuer age or sexe, we shal fynd that no one is without faulte, and therefore no one suffereth a­ny iniurie. Consequently, oure owne fro­wardnesse doth euen craue thus muche, that God would nowe and then by suche outwarde examples testifie his wrathe against sinne, least otherwyse we flatter our selues in sinne continually.

Last of all, if there be any more inno­cente than the residue, whether they bée [Page 314] yong infants, or old men stouping down­warde for age, yet susteyne they no da­mage, though in these things they take like parte with the vngodly. For oute of the wrestling place of this world, reple­nished with calamities, they are transla­ted vp into heauen, and receyue the e­uerlasting rewarde.

Lette no man therfore finde fault with God in his iudgements, who as he is iust so is he also accustomed with a fatherlye good wil to embrace suche as are his, and to appoynt their Saluation, as the shote­anchor and finall ende of all his dooings.

A briefe summe of the historie of Ionas.Thus much, according to the quantitie of the talent, wherewith I am putte in trust, haue I entreated vpon the historie of Ionas, it setteth forth repentance, and doth not only make manifest al the trade thereof by three examples, but also assu­reth vs, that it is acceptable and effectual with God. Moreouer, it exhibiteth vnto vs a figure of Christ Iesu, whome God hathe giuen vnto vs an author of repen­tance and remission of sinnes.

All these thinges whiche herein are [Page 315] spoken, let vs applie to oure selues. For God streightly requireth repentance at this day, no lesse than in tymes paste he did of the Niniuits, and that it is greatly néedfull, bothe this outragious dissolute­nesse in sinning, and also manye tokens of Gods indignation do plainly testifie. Let vs then conuert from our euil ways, and embracing Christe, dayly grow for­ward in him, that in tyme to come, we may with him liue in heauen. To whome be ascribed thankesgi­uing, honor, glorie, and do­minion for euer. AMEN.

Imprinted at London by H. Bynne­man for Rafe Nevvberie, dvvelling in Fleetestrete, a little aboue the Conduit. ANNO. 1573.

OMNIA TEMPVS HABENT.

BE

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.